310SE Backhoe Loader and 315SE Sideshift Backhoe

Transcription

#
"
!
!"#$%&'()*+,-&.,(/-0
(1/&!"2$%&$3/-4+356
'()*+,-&.,(/-0
78%9:;79$&<:=>:.
PNMpb=_~ÅâÜçÉ=iç~ÇÉê=~åÇ=PNRpb
páÇÉëÜáÑí
_~ÅâÜçÉ=iç~ÇÉê
?,+1&@--0-&@ABACA-&D,0*4
7<;"EF!GG&:#
H;+34&I(1A(J&0-KJ()-4&7<;"LFGGF&MEN
.O;P7&O=&>Q$Q:Q
%=R.O$P
# $ % & ' ( ) * * +
+ , -
ljqNUQPTT=^M=====båÖäáëÜ
Introduction
INTRODUCTION
READ THIS MANUAL carefully to learn how to operate
and service your machine correctly. Failure to do so
could result in personal injury or equipment damage.
This manual and safety signs on your machine may
also be available in other languages. (See your John
Deere dealer to order.)
THIS MANUAL SHOULD BE CONSIDERED a
permanent part of your machine and should remain
with the machine when you sell it.
MEASUREMENTS in this manual are given in both
metric and customary U.S. unit equivalents. Use only
correct replacement parts and fasteners. Metric and
inch fasteners may require a specific metric or inch
wrench.
RIGHT-HAND AND LEFT-HAND sides are determined
by facing in the direction of forward travel.
WRITE PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
(P.I.N.) in the Machine Numbers chapter. Accurately
record all the numbers to help in tracing the machine
should it be stolen. Your dealer also needs these
numbers when you order parts. File the identification
numbers in a secure place off the machine.
WARRANTY is provided as part of John Deere’s
support program for customers who operate and
maintain their equipment as described in this manual.
The warranty is explained on the warranty certificate
which you should have received from your dealer.
This warranty provides you the assurance that John
Deere will back its products where defects appear
within the warranty period. In some circumstances,
John Deere also provides field improvements, often
without charge to the customer, even if the product is
out of warranty. Should the equipment be abused, or
modified to change its performance beyond the original
factory specifications, the warranty will become void
and field improvements may be denied. Setting fuel
delivery above specifications or otherwise
overpowering machines will result in such action.
THE TIRE MANUFACTURER’S warranty supplied with
your machine may not apply outside the U.S.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and other reproductive
harm.
TX,INTR,BD2221 –19–09OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=2
Introduction
T105479 –UN–04DEC96
310SE
TX,INTR,BD1976
–19–24SEP96–1/1
120699
PN=3
Introduction
T105478 –UN–02DEC96
315SE
EX,INTR,BG69 –19–02DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=4
T121433 –19–21SEP99
Introduction
TX,INTR,BD1975
–19–24SEP96–1/1
120699
PN=5
Introduction
HELP!! HELP!! HELP!! HELP!!
We need your help to continually improve our technical
publications. Please FAX or mail your comments, ideas
and improvements.
SEND TO:
John Deere Dubuque Works
P.O. Box 538
Dubuque, Iowa 52004-0538
Dept 304
FAX NUMBER: 319-589-5800
OMT184377 310SE and 315SE Backhoe Loaders
Operator’s Manual.
Ideas, Comments, (Please state Page Number):
OVERALL, how would you rate the quality of “ALL” Test Manuals provided to you? (Check one)
Poor
Fair
Good
Very Good
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Excellent
9
10
Company Name
Address
Phone
FAX No.
Dealer Acct. No.
THANK YOU!
CED,TX03768,2670
–19–11NOV99–1/1
120699
PN=6
Contents
Page
Page
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1
Operating Windshield Wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Windows—Secondary Exits . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Middle Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater and Air Conditioning—If Equipped . . . .
Tachometer and Hour Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operator’s Manual Holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Safety Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 06-1
Operator’s Station
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Indicator Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Stop-Engine Indicator and Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . 10-4
Seat Belt Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Alternator Voltage Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Transmission Oil Temperature Indicator . . . . . . 10-5
Rotary Beacon Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Hydraulic Oil Filter Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Indicator—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Park Brake Indicator and Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Turn Signal Switch and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Operational Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Front Loader Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Stabilizer Control Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Backhoe Controls—John Deere Two Lever . . . 10-11
Backhoe Controls——SAE Excavator Two
Lever Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Backhoe Controls—Three Lever (
CASE style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13
Backhoe Controls—Four Lever ( FORD
style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
315SE Backhoe Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
310SE Boom Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
315SE Boom Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Swing Lock Pin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Extendible Dipperstick Locking Pin . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Seat Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Dome Light and Radio—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 10-23
10-24
10-25
10-26
10-27
10-27
10-27
10-28
Break-In
Observe Engine Operation Closely. . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
After the First 10 Hours or Daily . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
Between the First 50 to 100 Hours—
After Sales Inspection (ASI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Pre-Start Inspection
Inspect Machine Daily Before Starting . . . . . . . . 20-1
Operating the Engine
Check Instruments Before Starting . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Starting the Engine—With Manual
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2
Starting the Engine—With Powershift
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Starting Fluid—Cold Weather Starting Aid . . . . . 25-6
Using Booster Batteries—12 Volt System . . . . . 25-8
Using Coolant Heater—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Check Instruments After Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Warm Up Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Cold Weather Warm-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Stalled Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Stopping the Engine—Normal Shutdown
With Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12
Stopping the Engine—Normal Shutdown
With Powershift Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 25-13
Driving the Machine
Driving on Public Roads—310SE . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving On Public Roads—315SE. . . . . . . . . . . .
Ride Control Operation—If Equipped . . . . . . . . .
Keep Riders Off Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30-1
30-2
30-3
30-4
Continued on next page
All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on
the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice.
COPYRIGHT  2000
DEERE & COMPANY
Moline, Illinois
All rights reserved
A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION Manual
Previous Editions
Copyright  1998
i
120699
PN=1
Contents
Page
Driving the Machine—With Manual
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving the Machine—With Powershift
Transmission—If Equipped . . . . . . . .
Travel Speed—310SE With Manual
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel Speed—310SE With Powershift
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel Speed—315SE With Manual
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Travel Speed—315SE With Powershift
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking the Machine—With Manual
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking the Machine—With Powershift
Transmission—If Equipped . . . . . . . .
Page
Operating on a Slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Positioning Spoil Piles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leveling Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Moving With Backhoe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using a Sight Gauge for Trenching . . . . . . . . .
Trenching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Extendible Dipperstick With
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Loader Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excavating With Front Bucket. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dozing and Plowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excavating Banks or Stockpiles . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backdragging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Truck Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal Bucket Couplers and Bucket
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 30-5
. . . . . . . 30-7
. . . . . . . 30-9
. . . . . . . 30-9
. . . . . . 30-10
. . . . . . 30-10
. . . . . . 30-11
. . . . . . 30-12
Operating the Machine
Preparing to Operate Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1
Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Operating Stabilizers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3
Operating Boom Lock—310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Operating Boom Lock—315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Operating Swing Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5
Operating Extendible Dipperstick Lock—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6
Operating Auxiliary Flow Control Valve—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6
Operating Backhoe—John Deere Two
Lever Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-7
Operating Backhoe Controls—SAE
Excavator Two Lever Style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-8
Operating Backhoe Controls—Three Lever (
CASE style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-9
Operating Backhoe Controls—Four Lever (
FORD style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-10
Shifting Backhoe With Bucket—315SE. . . . . . . 35-11
Operating Extendible Dipperstick—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12
Backhoe Transport/Storage Position. . . . . . . . . 35-12
Operating Front Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Adjusting Loader Bucket Self-Leveling
Linkage Indicator and Return-To-Dig Switch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14
Changing Loader Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16
Operating Differential Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17
Operating Mechanical Front Wheel Drive
(MFWD)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18
Reverse Stabilizer Feet—310SE . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19
Add Front Counterweights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19
Add Liquid Ballast to Front Tires . . . . . . . . . . . 35-20
Operating Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21
Work at Proper Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22
35-22
35-23
35-23
35-24
35-25
35-26
35-26
35-27
35-27
35-28
35-28
35-29
35-29
35-30
35-32
35-33
35-35
35-36
Transporting
Loading and Unloading Machine on a Trailer . . . 40-1
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3
Fuels and Lubricants
Diesel Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Conditioner. . . . . . . . . . . 45-2
Diesel Fuel Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Storing Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Do Not Use Galvanized Containers . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Diesel Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Transmission, Axles and Mechanical
Front Wheel Drive Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Grease For Extendible Dipperstick,
Sideshift Frame, And Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Alternative and Synthetic Lubricants . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Lubricant Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Mixing of Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10
Periodic Maintenance
Attach Do Not Operate Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Your Machine at Specified Intervals . . .
Check Hour Meter Regularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avoid Mud Build-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Use Correct Fuels and Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . .
50-1
50-1
50-2
50-2
50-2
ii
120699
PN=2
Contents
Page
Page
Prepare Machine for Maintenance—With
Manual Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-3
Prepare Machine for Maintenance—With
Powershift Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-4
Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5
Opening and Closing Access Doors . . . . . . . . . . 50-6
Maintenance and Repair Record
Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7
Oilscan Plus, Coolscan
Plus,Dieselscan and 3-Way Coolant Test Kit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8
Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-9
Keeping System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-11
Maintenance—As Required
Inspect Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drain Fuel Tank Water and Sediment. . . . . . . . .
Check Tire Pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Inflation Pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Wheel Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loader Boom Service Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check and Adjust Boom Lock—310SE. . . . . . . .
Clean Cab Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspect and Clean Hydraulic Reservoir Fill
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate Side Shift Frame—315SE . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate Stabilizer Leg Wear Strips—315SE . .
Lubricate Extendible Dipperstick—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate Extendible Dipperstick Side
Rails—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate Front Wheel Bearings—
Non-Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate MFWD Driveshaft — If Equipped . . . .
Maintenance—Every 10 Hours or Daily
Check Engine Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate Loader Pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate MFWD Front Axle Universal
Joints—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate Stabilizers and Cylinders—310SE . . .
Lubricate Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricate Front Axle Steering—Non-Powered . .
Check Rear Axle Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Battery Electrolyte Level and
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level . . . . . . . . .
Check Transmission Oil Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Engine Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check MFWD Planetary Housing Oil—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance—Every 500 Hours
Check Air Intake Hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Hydraulic System Oil Filter . . . . . . . . .
Check Boom-to-Dipper Pin Torque . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Hydraulic Reservoir Breather . . . . . . . .
Replace Fuel Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Check Coolant Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55-1
55-1
55-2
55-3
55-3
55-4
55-5
55-6
75-1
75-2
75-4
75-5
75-6
75-7
80-1
80-1
80-2
80-2
80-3
80-4
Change MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Clean, Pack, and Adjust Front Wheel
Bearings—Non-Powered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2
Check Engine Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3
Check and Adjust Engine Speed Control
Linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4
Change Rear Axle Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5
Change Transmission Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Change Transmission and Torque
Converter Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-8
Change Hydraulic Reservoir Oil . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10
Clean Engine Crankcase Ventilation Tube . . . 85-10
Change Transmission and Torque
Converter Oil and Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-11
Change MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-12
Replace Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13
55-6
55-7
55-7
55-8
55-8
55-9
55-9
Adjust Engine Valve Lash (Clearance) . . . . . . . 86-1
60-1
60-2
Maintenance
External Service Brake Inspection . . . . . . . . . . .
Clean Dust Unloader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inspect Air Cleaner Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clean Dusty Primary Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test the Coolant Freeze—Protection Level . . . .
Servicing the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking Coolant Hoses and Radiator . . . . . . .
Draining the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diesel Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Filling the Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60-3
60-3
60-4
60-6
Maintenance—Weekly
Check Coolant Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Lubricate MFWD Driveshaft Universal
Joints (S.N.—881151)—If Equipped . . . . . . . . 65-1
Check MFWD Axle Oil—If Equipped . . . . . . . . . 75-1
90-1
90-2
90-2
90-3
90-3
90-4
90-4
90-5
90-6
90-7
iii
120699
PN=3
Contents
Page
Page
Do Not Service Injection Nozzles . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Do Not Adjust Injection Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Replace Engine Vibration Damper . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Draining Fuel Filter Sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9
Precautions for Alternator and Regulator . . . . . . 90-9
Prevent Acid Burns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-10
Service Batteries Carefully . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11
Checking Electrolyte Specific Gravity . . . . . . . 90-13
Using Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14
Replacing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Replacing Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
Remove and Install Halogen Bulb. . . . . . . . . . . 90-17
Changing Reverse Warning Alarm Volume . . . 90-18
Checking Neutral Start System. . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
Adding Attachments/Accessories to
Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS) . . . . . 90-19
Welding on Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-20
Checking Ride Control Accumulator—If
Equipped . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21
Check Park Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Checking Machine Cycle Times . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
Bleeding Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25
Adjusting Speed Control Lever Tension . . . . . . 90-26
Checking and Adjusting Toe-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27
Installing Teeth on Backhoe Bucket . . . . . . . . 90-29
Do Not Service Control Valves,
Cylinders, Pumps or Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Hardware Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Keep ROPS Installed Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Changing Sideshift Backhoe Stabilizer
Feet—315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
Metric Bolt and Cap Screw Torque Values . . . 90-32
Service Recommendations for Metric
Series Four Bolt Flange Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . 90-33
Additional Metric Cap Screw Torque Values. . . 90-34
Unified Inch Bolt and Cap Screw Torque
Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35
Check Oil Lines and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
Service Recommendations for O-Ring Boss
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-37
Service Recommendations for Flat Face
O-Ring Seal Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-38
Service Recommendations for Inch
Series Four Bolt Flange Fittings . . . . . . . . . . 90-39
Park Brake, Charge Indicator Light,
Tachometer/Hour Meter Circuit and
Engine Speed Control Linkage Checks . . . . . . 95-4
Brake System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-6
Steering System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-9
Transmission Neutral Disconnect Circuit
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10
Driving Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive (MFWD)
Driving Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-13
Hydraulic System Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-15
Check Operation of Accessories (Engine
Stopped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-19
Cab Component Checks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20
Miscellaneous Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-25
Troubleshooting
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-11
Gauges and Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16
Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-27
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-32
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-33
Storage
Prepare Machine for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-1
Monthly Storage Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2
Crime Prevention Tips
Help Prevent Crime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Record Identification Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Keep Proof of Ownership . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Park Indoors Out of Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When Parking Outdoors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reduce Vandalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Report Thefts Immediately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
110-1
110-1
110-1
110-2
110-2
110-2
110-3
Specifications
310SE and 315SE Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1
310SE and 315SE Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . 115-2
Other Information—310SE and 315SE
Backhoe Loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-13
310SE and 315SE Backhoe Loader Weight . . 115-14
Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-15
310SE and 315SE Backhoe Loader
Drain and Refill Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-16
310SE And 315SE Backhoe Loader
Lifting Capacities—Standard Dipperstick. . . 115-17
Operational Checkout
Operational Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1
Gauge and Indicator Check With Engine Off . . . 95-1
FNR, Neutral Start Circuit and Reverse
Warning Alarm Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
iv
120699
PN=4
Contents
Page
Lifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Retracted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-18
Lifting Capacities—Extendible Dipperstick
(Extended) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-19
Machine Numbers
Record Product Identification Number (PIN) . . . 120-1
Record Engine Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Record (MFWD) Front Axle Housing Serial
Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLIS-1
John Deere Service Literature . . . . . . . . . . . SLIT-1
John Deere Service Keeps You On the Job
AT YOUR SERVICE WHEN YOU NEED IT . . . IBC-1
v
120699
PN=5
Contents
vi
120699
PN=6
T105701 –19–08JAN97
Safety
TX,05,BD2222 –19–09OCT96–1/1
05-1
120699
PN=9
Safety
RECOGNIZE SAFETY INFORMATION
–UN–07DEC88
This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol
on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the
potential for personal injury.
T81389
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
practices.
DX,ALERT –19–03MAR93–1/1
UNDERSTAND SIGNAL WORDS
DANGER or WARNING safety signs are located near
specific hazards. General precautions are listed on
CAUTION safety signs. CAUTION also calls attention to
safety messages in this manual.
TS187 –19–30SEP88
A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is
used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies the
most serious hazards.
DX,SIGNAL –19–03MAR93–1/1
05-2
120699
PN=10
Safety
Carefully read all safety messages in this manual and on
your machine safety signs. Keep safety signs in good
condition. Replace missing or damaged safety signs. Be
sure new equipment components and repair parts include
the current safety signs. Replacement safety signs are
available from your John Deere dealer.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use
controls properly. Do not let anyone operate without
instruction.
TS201 –UN–23AUG88
FOLLOW SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Keep your machine in proper working condition.
Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need
assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
DX,READ –19–03MAR93–1/1
05-3
120699
PN=11
Safety
AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLOVER
ACCIDENTS---------------------------------WEAR YOUR SEAT
BELT---------------------------------DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR OF
TIPPING MACHINE—SERIOUS OR FATAL
CRUSHING INJURIES WILL
RESULT---------------------------------MACHINE WILL TIP OVER FASTER THAN
YOU CAN JUMP FREE
• Be careful when operating on a slope.
• Avoid sharp turns.
• Balance loads so weight is evenly distributed and load
is stable.
• Carry tools close to the ground to aid visibility and lower
center of gravity.
• Reduce speed before turning or swinging load.
• Know capacity of machine. Do not overload.
• Be careful when operating at the edge of an excavation,
trench, or drop-off, and loading or unloading from a
trailer.
• Read and understand operating instructions in this
operator’s manual.
T7242EA –19–22FEB90
To avoid rollovers:
TX,05,BD2026 –19–07OCT96–1/1
05-4
120699
PN=12
AVOID INJURY FROM BACKOVER
ACCIDENTS ---------------------------------BEFORE MOVING MACHINE, BE SURE ALL
PERSONS ARE CLEAR OF
AREA---------------------------------ALWAYS BE ALERT FOR BYSTANDERS
MOVING INTO THE WORK AREA. USE HORN
OR OTHER SIGNAL TO WARN BYSTANDERS
BEFORE MOVING MACHINE
---------------------------------WHEN USING A SIGNAL PERSON, KEEP
PERSON IN VIEW AT ALL TIMES. BE SURE
SIGNAL PERSON IS CLEAR BEFORE
BACKING UP
T7241AY –UN–21FEB90
Safety
To avoid backover accidents:
• Always look around before you back up. Be sure that
everyone is in the clear.
• Keep bystanders away from pivot area of an articulated
machine.
• Keep reverse warning alarm in working condition.
• Use a signal person when backing up if view is
obstructed. Always keep signal person in view.
• Learn the meaning of all flags, signs, and markings
used on the job, and who has the responsibility for
signaling.
• Keep windows, mirrors, and lights clean and in good
condition.
• Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc., can reduce visibility. As
visibility decreases, reduce speed and use proper
lighting.
• Read and understand operating instructions in this
TX,05,BD2027 –19–07OCT96–1/1
05-5
120699
PN=13
AVOID INJURY FROM ROLLAWAY
ACCIDENTS---------------------------------TO PREVENT ROLLAWAY, ALWAYS MAKE
SURE MACHINE IS PROPERLY SECURED
BEFORE LEAVING OPERATOR’S
SEAT---------------------------------DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT
IF YOU ATTEMPT TO MOUNT OR STOP A
MOVING MACHINE
To avoid rollaway:
T7241AZ –UN–21FEB90
Safety
• Select level ground when possible to park machine.
• Park a reasonable distance from other machines.
• Place transmission controls in neutral, move FNR lever
to neutral, and engage park brake.
• Lower all equipment to ground.
• Stop the engine.
• Block all wheels if you must park on a grade. Position
machine to prevent rolling.
• Read and understand the operating instructions in this
TX,05,DH1526 –19–26JAN91–1/1
INSPECT MACHINE
T6607AQ
–UN–18OCT88
Inspect your machine carefully each day by walking
around it before starting. (See Pre-Start Inspection
chapter.)
T82,BHSA,CL –19–14MAR90–1/1
05-6
120699
PN=14
Safety
USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS
When you get on and off the machine, always maintain a
three point contact with steps and handrails and face the
machine. Do not use steering wheel or any controls as
handholds.
T6981AN
Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
–UN–15JUN89
Falling is a major causes of personal injury.
Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms, steps, and
handrails when leaving the machine.
TX,05,BD2031 –19–07OCT96–1/1
PREVENT MACHINE RUNAWAY
Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.
TS177 –UN–11JAN89
Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals.
Machine will start in gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start
engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in
neutral or park.
DX,BYPAS1 –19–03MAR93–1/1
USE SEAT BELT PROPERLY
Use a seat belt when you operate with a rollover
protective structure (ROPS) or cab to minimize chance of
injury from an accident such as an overturn.
Do not use a seat belt if operating without a ROPS or
cab.
DX,ROPS1 –19–03MAR93–1/1
05-7
120699
PN=15
Safety
MAINTAIN SEAT BELT
Between replacement intervals:
• Carefully examine buckle, webbing, and attaching
hardware.
• Be sure that attaching hardware is in place. Tighten, if
necessary.
• Replace seat belt if it does not operate properly, or if it
is damaged, worn, or deteriorated. See Seat Belt in
Operator’s Station chapter.
T105665 –UN–07JAN97
IMPORTANT: Complete seat belt assembly should be
replaced after three years of usage,
regardless of appearance
TX,05,BD2033 –19–07OCT96–1/1
SECONDARY EXITS
Machines equipped with cabs are equipped with
secondary exits. (See Secondary Exits in Operator’s
Station chapter for further information.)
TX,05,BD2034 –19–07OCT96–1/1
05-8
120699
PN=16
Safety
DRIVE MACHINE SAFELY
–UN–19FEB90
Set boom lock and swing lock pins to center backhoe
before driving. If you must drive on steep hillsides, move
the backhoe to uphill side for added stability.
Drive carefully:
on slopes
where room is limited
over rough ground, curbs, or tracks
near a ditch or excavation
T7208AC
•
•
•
•
For traveling:
• be sure brake pedals are connected
• lower loader bucket
• keep machine in gear at all times
Use accessory lights and safety devices to warn operators
of other vehicles.
Where flashing lights are prohibited, disconnect warning
light flasher.
TX,05,DB2035 –19–07OCT96–1/1
TRAVEL SAFELY
Use a signal person when moving machine in congested
areas. Coordinate hand signals before starting the
machine.
T6964AD
Always keep reverse warning alarm in working condition
to warn people when machine starts to move in reverse.
–UN–20DEC88
Know the location of bystanders before moving the
machine.
TX,05,BD2036 –19–07OCT96–1/1
05-9
120699
PN=17
Safety
OPERATE BACKHOE SAFELY
Avoid accidental machine movement. Before turning seat
around to operate backhoe:
• Lower stabilizers so rear wheels are just off ground.
• Lower loader bucket to the ground (rolled forward if
possible).
• Move transmission gear shift and FNR lever to neutral.
• Engage park brake.
T105702 –UN–11DEC96
Before digging, check location of cables, gas lines, and
water lines.
On level ground, an experienced operator may use the
backhoe bucket to move the machine. Otherwise, from
loader operation position, raise loader bucket and
stabilizers and drive machine to move it. Properly retain
machine with stabilizers after each move.
Stabilizers must be set on a firm surface. Do not dig
under stabilizers. Be alert to possible machine movement
when raising stabilizers, and loader bucket.
Avoid swinging bucket downhill when operating on slope.
Dump on uphill side if possible.
Move boom slowly when raising loaded bucket to full
height.
Clear all persons from area of operation and machine
movement.
TX,05,DB2037 –19–07OCT96–1/1
Keep away from power lines. Serious injury or death may
result. Never move any part of the machine or load closer
to power line than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator
length.
T6669AT –UN–18OCT88
AVOID POWER LINES
TX,05,DB2038 –19–07OCT96–1/1
05-10
120699
PN=18
Safety
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause
sickness or death.
T6458AO
–UN–18OCT88
If you must operate in a building, be sure there is
adequate ventilation. Either use an exhaust pipe extension
to remove the exhaust fumes, or open doors and windows
to bring enough outside air into the area.
025,05,J9
–19–26JAN91–1/1
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE
Only allow the operator on the machine. Keep riders off.
Riders on machine are subject to injury such as being
struck by foreign objects and being thrown off of the
machine. Riders also obstruct the operator’s view resulting
in the machine being operated in an unsafe manner.
DX,RIDER
–19–03MAR93–1/1
HANDLE FUEL SAFELY—AVOID FIRES
Always stop engine before refueling machine. Fill fuel tank
outdoors.
Prevent fires by keeping machine clean of accumulated
trash, grease, and debris. Always clean up spilled fuel.
Handle fuel with care; it is highly flammable. Do not refuel
the machine while smoking or when near open flame or
sparks.
TX,05,BD2039 –19–07OCT96–1/1
05-11
120699
PN=19
Safety
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service,
hospital, and fire department near your telephone.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
DX,FIRE2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
HANDLE STARTING FLUID SAFELY
Starting fluid is highly flammable.
Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.
TS1356
To prevent accidental discharge when storing the
pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store
in a cool, protected location.
–UN–18MAR92
Keep all sparks and flame away when using it. Keep
starting fluid away from batteries and cables.
DX,FIRE3 –19–16APR92–1/1
CLEAN TRASH FROM MACHINE
Open access door(s) to cool the engine faster, and clean
engine compartment.
T6669AG
Temperature in engine compartment may go up
immediately after engine is stopped. BE ON GUARD FOR
FIRES DURING THIS PERIOD.
–UN–18OCT88
Keep engine compartment, radiator, batteries, hydraulic
lines, fuel tank, and operator’s station clean.
02T,05,J33 –19–14MAR90–1/1
05-12
120699
PN=20
Safety
PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS
T6642DK
–UN–18OCT88
When you drive connecting pins in or out, guard against
injury from flying pieces of metal or debris; wear goggles
or safety glasses.
02T,05,J25 –19–07JAN91–1/1
WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,WEAR2 –19–03MAR93–1/1
PROTECT AGAINST NOISE
Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment
or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
DX,NOISE
05-13
–19–03MAR93–1/1
120699
PN=21
Safety
HANDLE CHEMICAL PRODUCTS SAFELY
–UN–26NOV90
Direct exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause
serious injury. Potentially hazardous chemicals used with
John Deere equipment include such items as lubricants,
coolants, paints, and adhesives.
TS1132
A Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) provides specific
details on chemical products: physical and health hazards,
safety procedures, and emergency response techniques.
Check the MSDS before you start any job using a
hazardous chemical. That way you will know exactly what
the risks are and how to do the job safely. Then follow
procedures and recommended equipment.
(See your John Deere dealer for MSDS’s on chemical
products used with John Deere equipment.)
DX,MSDS,NA –19–03MAR93–1/1
USE SAFETY LIGHTS AND DEVICES
–UN–10FEB89
Operators of machines that travel below normal highway
speeds should take special precautions to avoid collision
with other vehicles.
Install and use all safety lights and devices necessary to
assure safe operation and local compliance. Keep these
safety items in good condition. Replace missing or
damaged parts immediately.
N36564
Before driving on public roads, check state and local laws
that may apply to tractors, self-propelled machines, and
towed equipment. Additional lights, mirrors, SMV
emblems, or reflectors may be required.
A—Lights
B—Slow Moving Vehicle Emblem
C—Reflector Tape
D—Reflectors
TX,05,DH1729 –19–26JAN91–1/1
05-14
120699
PN=22
Safety
KEEP ROPS INSTALLED PROPERLY
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS
is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be
replaced, not reused.
Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the
rollover protective structure (ROPS) is loosened or
removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper
torque.
TX,05,DB2040 –19–07OCT96–1/1
WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK
Unexpected machine movement can cause serious injury.
T7447AO
–19–22APR91
Before performing any work on the machine, attach a "DO
NOT OPERATE" tag to the steering wheel.
TX,05,DH1820 –19–14MAY91–1/1
05-15
120699
PN=23
Safety
PRACTICE SAFE MAINTENANCE
If maintenance procedure must be performed with engine
running, do not leave machine unattended.
Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix
damage immediately. Replace worn or broken parts.
Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.
Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep
area clean and dry.
Use loader boom service lock (A), backhoe boom lock
and swing lock to prevent elements from moving during
service. If locks are not available, lower equipment to the
ground.
Never lubricate or service machine while it is moving.
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven
parts.
Before servicing machine and leaving the operator’s seat,
do the following:
1. Park machine on a level surface.
2. Lock equipment in raised position or lower to the
ground.
3. Move FNR and gear shift levers to neutral.
CAUTION: Never rely on FNR or gear shifter
alone to keep machine from moving. Always
engage park brake to hold machine.
4. Engage park brake.
T103308 –UN–24AUG96
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger-if equipped, may be
damaged if engine is not properly shut
down.
5. Operate at 1/2 speed without load for two minutes.
6. Move speed control lever to slow idle position.
7. Turn key to OFF position and remove from switch.
310SE Shown
05-16
TX,05,BD2041 –19–07OCT96–1/2
120699
PN=24
Safety
8. Relieve hydraulic pressure by moving control levers
until equipment does not move.
Disconnect battery ground cable (—) before making
adjustments on electrical systems or welding on machine.
Allow engine to cool.
TX,05,BD2041 –19–07OCT96–2/2
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR
HEATING
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated
by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area. Dispose of
paint and solvent properly.
Remove paint before welding or heating:
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.
DX,PAINT –19–03MAR93–1/1
05-17
120699
PN=25
Safety
Flammable spray can be generated by heating near
pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe burns to
yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding,
soldering, or using a torch near pressurized fluid lines or
other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can be
accidentally cut when heat goes beyond the immediate
flame area.
TS953 –UN–15MAY90
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED FLUID
LINES
DX,TORCH –19–03MAR93–1/1
AVOID HIGH-PRESSURE FLUIDS
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
X9811 –UN–23AUG88
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid
injected into the skin must be surgically removed within a
few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available from Deere
& Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,FLUID –19–03MAR93–1/1
05-18
120699
PN=26
Safety
CLEAN THE MACHINE REGULARLY
Remove any grease, oil, fuel, or debris build-up to avoid
possible injury or machine damage.
T6642EJ –UN–18OCT88
High pressure washing [greater than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar)
(200 psi)] can damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days minimum after
receipt of machine before cleaning with high pressure.
Use low pressure wash operations until 30 days have
elapsed.
Do not spray oil cooler fins at an angle. Fins may bend.
TX,05,FF2787 –19–27JUL94–1/1
SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY
Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling
system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough
to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop
to relieve pressure before removing completely.
DX,RCAP
–19–04JUN90–1/1
DX,STORE
–19–03MAR93–1/1
STORE ATTACHMENTS SAFELY
Stored attachments such as dual wheels, cage wheels,
and loaders can fall and cause serious injury or death.
05-19
Securely store attachments and implements to prevent
falling. Keep playing children and bystanders away from
storage area.
120699
PN=27
Safety
DISPOSE OF WASTE PROPERLY
–UN–26NOV90
Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the
environment and ecology. Potentially harmful waste used
with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel,
coolant, brake fluid, filters, and batteries.
TS1133
Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use
food or beverage containers that may mislead someone
into drinking from them.
Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can
damage the Earth’s atmosphere. Government regulations
may require a certified air conditioning service center to
recover and recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.
Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste
from your local environmental or recycling center, or from
your John Deere dealer.
DX,DRAIN
05-20
–19–03MAR93–1/1
120699
PN=28
Safety Signs
T7916AD
–19–06JAN93
T105775 –UN–16DEC96
SAFETY SIGN
TX,06,BD2042 –19–07OCT96–1/1
T101888 –19–04SEP96
T101885 –UN–14AUG96
SAFETY SIGN
Pressurized
A—Safety Decal
TX,06,BD2043 –19–15OCT96–1/1
06-1
120699
PN=29
Safety Signs
T105221 –UN–15NOV96
T105733 –19–13DEC96
SAFETY SIGN
TX,06,HH293 –19–17OCT96–1/1
06-2
120699
PN=30
Safety Signs
T6914AU
–19–24FEB89
T103609 –UN–06SEP96
SAFETY SIGN
TX,06,BD2044 –19–07OCT96–1/1
06-3
120699
PN=31
Safety Signs
T7325AB –19–06JAN92
T7412AA
–UN–15NOV90
SAFETY SIGN
TX,06,BD2045 –19–07OCT96–1/1
06-4
120699
PN=32
Safety Signs
T105661 –UN–11DEC96
T7945AE –19–17JAN97
SAFETY SIGN
315SE
TX,06,BD2046 –19–07OCT96–1/1
06-5
120699
PN=33
Safety Signs
T114759 –19–07APR98
SAFETY SIGN
T115723 –UN–05JUN98
Ride Control—if Equipped
CED,OUO1040,158
06-6
–19–03JUN98–1/1
120699
PN=34
Safety Signs
T115725 –19–05JUN98
SAFETY SIGN
T115724 –UN–05JUN98
CED,OUO1040,159
06-7
–19–03JUN98–1/1
120699
PN=35
Safety Signs
T115725 –19–05JUN98
SAFETY SIGN
T115722 –UN–05JUN98
CED,OUO1040,160
06-8
–19–03JUN98–1/1
120699
PN=36
Safety Signs
T101894 –UN–14AUG96
T7593AC
–19–30AUG91
SAFETY SIGN
A—Decals
TX,06,BD2047 –19–07OCT96–1/1
06-9
120699
PN=37
Safety Signs
T6735AC
–19–01FEB89
SAFETY SIGN
Engine Coolant Heater Cord Assembly
TX,06,BD2048 –19–07OCT96–1/1
06-10
120699
PN=38
Safety Signs
T111205 –UN–25AUG97
T104926 –19–21JAN97
SAFETY SIGN
310SE Shown
TX,06,BG234
06-11
–19–28AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=39
INSTRUMENT PANEL
T115444 –UN–19MAY98
See remainder of this chapter for information on
indicators, switches and gauges. See Operating the
Engine chapter for information on start aid button and key
switch.
T115380 –UN–15MAY98
Standard Package
Optional Package
A—Park Brake Switch
B—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Switch—If
Equipped
C—Ride Control Switch and Indicator—If
Equipped
D—Air Conditioning/Dehumidification Switch
E—Rear Wiper Switch
F—Rear Lights Switch
G—Horn Button
H—Blower Switch
I—STOP-Engine Indicator
J—Temperature Switch
K—Hour Meter/Tachometer—If Equipped
L—Fuel Gauge
M—Ignition Switch
N—Start Aid Switch
CED,OUO1040,92 –19–14MAY98–1/1
10-1
120699
PN=40
INDICATOR LIGHTS
T105662 –UN–13DEC96
See remainder of this chapter for information on indicator
lights.
A—Park Brake Indicator
B—Seat Belt Indicator
C—Mechanical Front Wheel Drive Indicator
D—Beacon—If Equipped
E—Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator
F—Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
G—Transmission Oil Filter Indicator
H—Hydraulic Oil Filter Indicator
I—Air Filter Restriction Indicator
J—Alternator Voltage Indicator
K—STOP-Engine Indicator
EX,10,BG70
10-2
–19–03DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=41
STOP-ENGINE INDICATOR AND ALARM
T7673AM –UN–06JAN92
IMPORTANT: If STOP-engine indicator comes on and
alarm sounds for more than ten
seconds with engine oil pressure
indicator on, stop machine immediately
and investigate cause of problem.
If STOP-engine indicator comes on and
alarm sounds for more than ten
seconds with engine coolant
temperature indicator on, reduce load
and run engine for one to two minutes
at slow idle to allow time to cool. If light
continues to stay on, stop engine and
investigate problem. Do not re-start
engine until problem has been
corrected.
The STOP-engine indicator comes on and alarm sounds
when:
• Engine oil pressure is low.
• Engine coolant temperature is excessively high.
• FNR lever is shifted into forward or reverse with park
brake on.
• FNR lever is shifted into forward or reverse with park
brake off and seat rotated toward the backhoe position.
If indicators do not function correctly, see Troubleshooting
chapter.
TX,10,BG235
10-3
–19–28AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=42
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
T105331 –UN–21NOV96
Engine coolant temperature and STOP-engine indicators
will light and alarm will sound when engine coolant is
above 115°C (240°F). Do not stop engine when indicators
light together or temperature will rise further. Reduce load
and run engine at slow idle. If indicator does not go out
after one to two minutes, stop engine and allow to cool
before servicing.
TX,10,BD2051 –19–07OCT96–1/1
SEAT BELT INDICATOR
T7840AW –UN–06OCT92
The seat belt indicator will light at engine startup and stay
on until park brake is released. With engine running,
indicator will come on when park brake is engaged.
TX,10,BD2052 –19–07OCT96–1/1
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR
T105339 –UN–22NOV96
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. If
engine oil pressure light comes on for
more than ten seconds, stop machine
and investigate the problem.
Engine oil pressure and STOP-engine indicators will light
and alarm will sound when engine oil pressure is low.
Stop machine and correct problem before resuming
operation.
TX,10,BG236
10-4
–19–28AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=43
ALTERNATOR VOLTAGE INDICATOR
T6201BD
–UN–18OCT88
Alternator voltage indicator will light when alternator output
voltage is low. Check battery charge or electrical system.
(See Maintenance chapter for Battery and Electrical
service information.)
TX,10,BD2054 –19–07OCT96–1/1
ENGINE AIR FILTER RESTRICTION
INDICATOR
T105332 –UN–21NOV96
Engine air filter restriction indicator will light when air filter
elements are restricted. Clean or change filter elements
as necessary. (See Maintenance Chapter 90 for element
service information.)
TX,10,BG347 –19–01OCT97–1/1
TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
T105333 –UN–21NOV96
Transmission oil temperature indicator will light when
transmission oil temperature is high.
Reduce load immediately, shift into neutral and run engine
at slow idle. Inspect for plugged oil cooler.
TX,10,BD2056 –19–07OCT96–1/1
ROTARY BEACON INDICATOR
T111018 –UN–06AUG97
Rotary beacon indicator will light when beacon is turned
on with switch.
TX,10,BG237
10-5
–19–28AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=44
HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER INDICATOR
T105334 –UN–21NOV96
IMPORTANT: If indicator lights and oil is warm,
change filter as soon as possible to
prevent damage. (See Maintenance—
Every 1000 Hours for oil and filter
change procedure.
NOTE: Cold oil can cause indicator to light temporarily.
Allow time for oil to warm up and light to shut off
before servicing filter.
Indicator will light when hydraulic oil filter element is
restricted.
TX,10,BD2057 –19–07OCT96–1/1
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE
INDICATOR
T105338 –UN–21NOV96
Hydraulic oil temperature indicator will light when hydraulic
oil temperature is high. Reduce load immediately and
place control levers in neutral. Run engine at slow idle.
Inspect cooler and radiator area for debris that could
cause plugging of the cooler.
TX,10,BG346
–19–10JAN97–1/1
MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE
(MFWD) INDICATOR—IF EQUIPPED
T105240 –UN–17DEC96
Indicator (A) will light when mechanical front wheel drive
is engaged with switch (B).
TX,10,BD2058 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-6
120699
PN=45
RIDE CONTROL SWITCH AND INDICATOR—
IF EQUIPPED
T115935 –UN–18JUN98
The indicator located on the switch will light when ride
control is engaged with switch (A).
CED,OUO1040,93 –19–19JUN98–1/1
PARK BRAKE INDICATOR AND SWITCH
Park brake indicator (B) and STOP-engine indicator (C)
will light, and alarm will sound if FNR lever is not in
neutral position and park brake is engaged.
T105243 –UN–07JAN97
Indicator (A) will light when park brake is engaged with
switch (B). Push left-hand side of switch to engage brake
and right-hand side to disengage brake.
TX,10,BD2059 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-7
120699
PN=46
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH AND INDICATORS
NOTE: Turn signal switch lights when activated.
T6201BG
–UN–18OCT88
T105222 –UN–15NOV96
Push turn signal switch (A) to activate turn signals.
T6201BK
–UN–18OCT88
Left Turn Indicator
Right Turn Indicator
TX,10,BD2060 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-8
120699
PN=47
OPERATIONAL CONTROLS
T105247 –UN–18NOV96
Use controls (A—F) for driving the machine. (See Driving
the Machine chapter for description and operational
information.)
T105248 –UN–18NOV96
Manual Transmission Shown
A—FNR Lever (FNR/Range Lever on Machines
with Powershift)
B—Clutch Disconnect Switch
C—Gear Shift Lever (Only on machines with
Manual)
D—Speed Control Pedal
E—Brake Pedals
F—Differential Lock Switch
TX,10,BD1948 –19–18SEP96–1/1
10-9
120699
PN=48
FRONT LOADER CONTROLS
T102045 –UN–14AUG96
NOTE: There are two clutch disconnect switches (A).
(See Operational Controls is this chapter for
location of other switch.)
Use controls (A—C) for operating front loader. (See Front
Loader Control Lever in Operating the Machine chapter
for operational information.)
A—Clutch Disconnect Switch
B—Loader Control Lever
C—Auxiliary Loader Control Lever
TX,10,BD1949 –19–18SEP96–1/1
STABILIZER CONTROL LEVERS
T8118AW –UN–22NOV93
Use levers (A and B) for operating stabilizers. (See
Stabilizer Control Levers in Operating the Machine
chapter for operational information.)
A—Left Stabilizer Lever
B—Right Stabilizer Lever
TX,10,BD1942 –19–17SEP96–1/1
10-10
120699
PN=49
BACKHOE CONTROLS—JOHN DEERE TWO
LEVER
T105735 –UN–13DEC96
A conversion kit for changing controls is available
from your authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to
other controls must be installed.
CAUTION: Several control patterns are available
for this backhoe. Always verify control
response before operating.
Prevent possible personal injury from
unexpected machine movement. DO NOT
operate backhoe unless you are in the
operator’s seat facing rearward with stabilizers
down.
A—Boom and Swing Lever
B—Dipperstick and Bucket Lever
C—Extendible Dipperstick Control Pedal—If
Equipped
IMPORTANT: To avoid machine damage, do not
swing boom into stabilizers.
NOTE: When seat is turned around to backhoe operation
position, seat position sensor will sound an
audible alarm and light the STOP indicator if FNR
lever is moved to forward or reverse position
Use levers (A and B) and pedal (C) to operate backhoe.
(See Operating Backhoe Two Levers in Operating the
Machine chapter for operational information.)
TX,10,BG254
10-11
–19–08JAN97–1/1
120699
PN=50
BACKHOE CONTROLS——SAE EXCAVATOR
TWO LEVER STYLE
T105735 –UN–13DEC96
A conversion kit for changing controls to the SAE
controls is available from your authorized dealer.
Labels corresponding to the SAE two lever controls
must be installed.
Use levers (A and B) and pedal (C) to operate backhoe.
(See Operating Backhoe Two Levers in Operating the
Machine chapter for operational information.)
A—Dipperstick and Swing Lever
B—Boom and Bucket Lever
C—Extendible Dipperstick Control Pedal—If
Equipped
down.
CED,TX03768,2663
10-12
–19–04NOV99–1/1
120699
PN=51
BACKHOE CONTROLS—THREE LEVER
( CASE STYLE)
A conversion kit for changing John Deere two lever
controls to three lever option is available from your
authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the three
lever controls must be installed.
down.
T7395DG –UN–12OCT90
NOTE: If equipped with an extendible dipperstick, a fourth
lever is added and is positioned to the right-hand
side (next to boom lever).
Use levers (A—C) and pedals (D and E) to operate
backhoe. (See Backhoe Control Levers—Three Lever in
Operating the Machine chapter for operational
information.)
CASE is a trademark of Case Corp.
A—Bucket Lever
B—Dipperstick Lever
C—Boom Lever
D—Swing Right Pedal
E—Swing Left Pedal
TX,10,BG255
10-13
–19–04NOV99–1/1
120699
PN=52
BACKHOE CONTROLS—FOUR LEVER
( FORD STYLE)
T6228AB –UN–17OCT88
controls to four lever option is available from your
authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the four
down.
A—Extend Dipperstick
B—Retract Dipperstick
C—Raise Boom
D—Lower Boom
E—Load Bucket
F—Dump Bucket
G—Swing Right
H—Swing Left
FORD is a trademark of Ford Motor Company
CED,TX03768,2662
10-14
–19–22OCT99–1/1
120699
PN=53
315SE BACKHOE CONTROLS
lever is moved to forward or reverse position.
T8602AD
–UN–22DEC95
Use levers (A and C), switch (B) and pedal (D) to operate
backhoe. (See Operating Backhoe—Two Lever Controls
in Operating the Machine chapter for operational
information.)
A—Boom and Swing Lever
B—Sliding Frame Lock Switch
C—Dipperstick and Bucket Lever
D—Extendible Dipperstick Control Pedal—If
Equipped
EX,10,BG72
10-15
–19–03DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=54
310SE BOOM LOCK CONTROL
T105250 –UN–18NOV96
T102050 –UN–14AUG96
Apply boom lock (A) using control lever (B).
TX,10,BD1945 –19–17SEP96–1/1
315SE BOOM LOCK CONTROL
T105507 –UN–02DEC96
T105506 –UN–02DEC96
Apply boom lock (A) using foot switch (B).
EX,10,BG73
10-16
–19–03DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=55
SWING LOCK PIN
T105249 –UN–18NOV96
NOTE: 315SE has three mounting holes for swing lock
pin to allow boom to be locked in centered
position or swung to the right or left.
Swing lock pin (A) is stored in holder. Pin can be installed
in hole (B) from operator’s seat to lock.
T102052 –UN–04SEP96
310SE
T105663 –UN–11DEC96
310SE
315SE
TX,10,BD1946 –19–17SEP96–1/1
10-17
120699
PN=56
EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK LOCKING PIN
1. Lower backhoe to ground and turn engine off before
removing or installing locking pin.
T105264 –UN–17DEC96
2. Place locking pin (A) in holder (B) and retain with
quick-lock pin when dipperstick is not in transport
position. Install locking pin with quick-lock pin in hole
(C) when transporting.
T105263 –UN–19NOV96
CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, always
install locking pin from ground.
TX,10,BD2061 –19–07OCT96–1/1
SEAT BELT
1. Pull out belt from right side of seat.
T105665 –UN–07JAN97
2. Insert belt into catch on left side of seat to lock in
place.
3. Press red release button to unlock seat belt.
TX,10,BD2062 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-18
120699
PN=57
SEAT CONTROLS
CAUTION: Be sure seat is locked in position
before operating machine. A seat which is loose
or not properly locked can cause loss of control
of machine and injuries or death.
Pivot Control: Lift up lever (A), pivot seat, and release
lever to lock seat.
Forward—Rearward Control: Lift fore-aft lever (B), slide
seat to desired position and release lever.
NOTE: Back tilt lever, weight adjuster and lumbar are
available on suspension seat only.
Back Tilt Control: Lift lever (C), tilt seat to desired
position and release lever.
T105265 –UN–19NOV96
Weight/Height Adjustment Control: Suspension Seat—
With NO weight on seat, turn weight adjustment knob (D)
to change seat height and ride stiffness.
NOTE: SUSPENSION SEAT: With knob turned
counterclockwise as far as it can go and with no
weight on seat, the distance to the floor from top
of seat is 19 in. With knob turned clockwise as far
as it can go, the distance to floor from top of seat
is 21 in. The distances will decrease by 2 in.
when a 190 lb person sits on seat.
Suspension Seat Controls
A—Pivot Lever
B—Fore-Aft Lever
C—Back Tilt Lever
D—Weight Adjuster
E—Lumbar Knob
Lumbar Control: Turn knob (E) to position lumbar for
operator’s preference.
Grease seat base guide rails with multi-purpose grease,
John Deere TY2098 or equivalent.
10-19
TX,10,BG323 –19–21OCT99–1/3
120699
PN=58
NON-SUSPENSION SEAT CONTROLS
Pivot Control: Lift up lever (1), pivot seat, and release
lever to lock seat.
Forward—Rearward Control: Lift fore-aft lever (3), slide
seat to desired position and release lever.
T125402B
–UN–22OCT99
Height Adjustment Control: Lift lever (2) to change seat
height.
1—Pivot Lever
2—Fore-Aft Lever
3—Height
TX,10,BG323 –19–21OCT99–2/3
AIR SUSPENSION CONTROL
T125403B
–UN–22OCT99
Height Adjustment Control:Press switch (1) to change
seat height.
1—Height Adjustment Switch
TX,10,BG323 –19–21OCT99–3/3
10-20
120699
PN=59
T8415AA
–UN–09FEB95
SEAT BELT
Seat belt and mounting hardware must be inspected
for wear or damage before operating the machine.
Replace the belt or mounting hardware if worn or
damaged.
Replace the complete seat belt assembly every three
years regardless of appearance. A date label, to
determine the age of the belt, is attached to each belt.
TX,10,DH3548
10-21
–19–07FEB95–1/1
120699
PN=60
LIGHTS
Use switch (A) to operate amber turn and warning lights
(D) at front and rear of cab.
T105266 –UN–19NOV96
Use switch (B) to operate work/drive lights (E) and
optional front work lights (F).
T7371AX –UN–02OCT90
Switch (C) is used to signal turning direction.
A—Warning Lights Switch
B—Work and Drive Lights Switch
C—Turn Signal Switch
D—Amber Lights—Turn and Warning
E—Work/Drive Lights
F—Front Work Lights—Optional
10-22
TX,10,BD2064 –19–07OCT96–1/2
120699
PN=61
Use switch (A) to operate rear work lights (B).
Red lights (C) illuminate when brakes are applied and
when front drive lights are on.
T102062 –UN–14AUG96
T105267 –UN–19NOV96
Amber lights (D) blink in direction of turn when turn signal
is applied. Amber lights flash when warning lights switch
is pushed.
A—Rear
B—Rear
C—Rear
D—Rear
Work Lights Switch
Work Lights
Red Lights—Tail and Brake
Amber Lights—Turn and Warning
TX,10,BD2064 –19–07OCT96–2/2
DOME LIGHT AND RADIO—IF EQUIPPED
Use switch (A) to operate dome light (B).
T102063 –UN–17SEP96
Radio (C) is located above front window in front of dome
light.
A—Dome Light Switch
B—Dome Light
C—Radio
TX,10,BD2066 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-23
120699
PN=62
OPERATING WINDSHIELD WIPERS
T102067 –UN–14AUG96
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to wiper blades, DO
NOT operate wipers if blades are frozen
to windshield.
1. Push front (A) and/or rear (B) wiper switch to first stop
to make wiper(s) cycle slowly.
2. Push to second stop to make wipers cycle fast.
3. Push switch (C) to operate front windshield washer.
T102068 –UN–14AUG96
T105268 –UN–04DEC96
4. Fill washer reservoir (D), as needed, under top access
panel.
A—Front Wiper Switch
B—Rear Wiper Switch
C—Front Washer Switch
D—Washer Reservoir
TX,10,BD2067 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-24
120699
PN=63
SIDE WINDOWS—SECONDARY EXITS
To open, pull handle (A) in and away from cab post latch.
T102093 –UN–16AUG96
Retain in open position against fixed window on same
side by fastening knob (B) into socket (C). Turn knob until
tension is felt to prevent window from swinging during
operation.
T7351BK –UN–30AUG90
The side windows can open 180° and can be used as
secondary exits.
TX,10,BD2068 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-25
120699
PN=64
UPPER REAR WINDOW
Upper rear window can be used as a secondary exit.
To open window, lower middle window, push latches (A)
to release window and push up to ceiling.
To retain window in open position, push up on window to
lock in catches (B).
T102103 –UN–01AUG96
NOTE: Gas filled cylinders aid in lifting rear window up
towards ceiling.
T102115 –UN–16AUG96
T7351BN
To close window, release catches and lower window to
closed position. Push on bottom of window to latch in
place.
–UN–17DEC90
NOTE: To close upper window, middle window must be in
the open position.
TX,10,BD2069 –19–07OCT96–1/1
10-26
120699
PN=65
MIDDLE REAR WINDOW
To open middle rear window, press latches (A) to release,
pull inward, and lower window to rubber bumpers (B).
T105269 –UN–19NOV96
To close middle window, press latches and lift until it
meets upper window. Push in on top of each side to lock
window in position.
310SE
TX,10,BD2070 –19–07OCT96–1/1
Push switch (A) (snowflake) to turn on air
conditioner/dehumidification. Adjust temperature using dial
(B) and air flow with dial (C).
To operate heater, push switch (A) (cactus). Adjust
temperature with dial (B) and air flow with dial (C).
T102117 –UN–17DEC96
HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONING—IF
EQUIPPED
CED,OUO1040,51 –19–11MAY98–1/1
TACHOMETER AND HOUR METER
Use hour meter (B) to determine when to perform service
and maintenance procedures. (See Maintenance chapters
in this manual for intervals and instructions.)
T105737 –UN–13DEC96
Use tachometer (A), if equipped, to measure engine
speed.
TX,10,BD1947 –19–18SEP96–1/1
10-27
120699
PN=66
OPERATOR’S MANUAL HOLDER
Store operator’s manual in the holder located inside the
cab roof.
T7381AA –UN–02OCT90
On units equipped with ROPS, operator’s manual holder
is located in sealed storage container on inside left fender.
TX,10,DH1406
10-28
–19–15MAR93–1/1
120699
PN=67
Break-In
OBSERVE ENGINE OPERATION CLOSELY
IMPORTANT: Become thoroughly familiar with the
sound and feel of your new machine.
Engine is filled with SAE 10W30
break-in oil. If necessary to add oil, use
seasonal viscosity oil. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter.)
The factory uses a yellow fluorescent
dye additive in the oil to aid technicians
in detecting possible oil leaks. This dye
causes oil to have a slightly green or
yellow appearance under some lighting
conditions. Color does not indicate a
problem and green or yellow
appearance will disappear after 20—30
hours of engine operation.
1. Operate engine at normal loads. (See Specifications
chapter.)
2. Avoid excess engine idling.
3. Check indicator lights and gauges frequently during
operation.
TX,15,BG238
–19–28AUG97–1/1
AFTER THE FIRST 10 HOURS OR DAILY
NOTE: Use only the specified lubricants and coolant.
(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
1. Perform 10 hour or daily service. (See Maintenance—
Every 10 Hours or Daily chapter.)
2. Check coolant level, engine oil, transmission oil, rear
axle oil and hydraulic oil levels.
3. Watch for fluid leaks.
4. Check hardware torque and tighten as necessary. (See
Maintenance chapter for hardware torque
specification.)
TX,15,BD2073 –19–07OCT96–1/1
15-1
120699
PN=68
Break-In
BETWEEN THE FIRST 50 TO 100 HOURS—
AFTER SALES INSPECTION (ASI)
1. Perform procedures listed in Maintenance—Every 10
Hours or Daily chapter when required interval is due.
2. Change engine oil filter. (See Maintenance—Every 250
Hours chapter.)
3. Change hydraulic system oil filter. (See Maintenance—
Every 500 Hours chapter.)
NOTE: Transmission oil does not need to be changed
during break-in period.
4. Change transmission filter. (See Maintenance—Every
1000 Hours chapter.)
5. Check boom lock and adjust as necessary. (See
Maintenance—As Required chapter.)
TX,15,BG239
15-2
–19–06MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=69
Pre-Start Inspection
INSPECT MACHINE DAILY BEFORE
STARTING
Perform periodic service checks in the Maintenance—10
Hours or Daily chapter.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Check and lubricate loader pivot pins (A).
Check engine oil level and air cleaner (B).
Check precleaner (C).
Check hydraulic oil level (D).
Clean operator’s station (E).
Check and lubricate backhoe pivot pins (F).
Check pedals and controls for freedom of movement
(G).
• Check inflation pressure of tires (H) and hardware
torque of wheels.
• Clean radiator fins (I).
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM: Check for worn or frayed wires
and loose or corroded connections.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM: Check for leaks, missing or loose
clamps, kinked hoses, and lines or hoses in areas that rub
against each other or other parts.
BACKHOE AND LOADER: Check for loose, bent, broken
or missing parts and hardware.
LUBRICATION: Check lubrication points shown on
Periodic Maintenance Chart or in Maintenance—Every 10
Hours or Daily chapter.
T103808 –UN–18SEP96
PROTECTIVE DEVICES: Check ROPS, guards, shields,
covers, and seat belt.
FIRE PREVENTION: Clean machine of debris.
PARK BRAKE: Check for correct operation.
SAFETY: Walk around machine to be sure all persons are
clear from machine area.
310SE
TX,20,BD2075 –19–07OCT96–1/1
20-1
120699
PN=70
CHECK INSTRUMENTS BEFORE STARTING
T105274 –UN–16DEC96
All indicators (A) must light. (See Operator’s Station
chapter for location and description of indicators.) If any
fail to light, check the bulb. If bulb is good, but indicator
still fails to light, see your authorized dealer.
T103810 –19–07OCT96
Turn key switch clockwise and hold in BULB CHECK
position.
TX,25,BD2076 –19–07OCT96–1/1
25-1
120699
PN=71
STARTING THE ENGINE—WITH MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
CAUTION: Prevent asphyxiation. Engine
exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death to
you or someone else.
If you must operate engine in a building, be
positive there is adequate ventilation. Either use
an exhaust pipe extension to remove the
exhaust fumes or open doors and/or windows
Avoid possible injury or death from a runaway
machine. DO NOT start engine by shorting
across starter terminals. Machine will start in
gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.
Start engine only from operator’s seat, with
FNR lever in neutral and park brake engaged.
1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.
2. Sound horn.
25-2
CED,OUO1040,66 –19–13MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=72
NOTE: Controls and switches must be in the positions
described, before starting engine.
3. Move gear shift (A) and FNR (B) levers to neutral.
T105361 –UN–22NOV96
4. Insure park brake switch (C) is on.
IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, never start
engine with speed control at high
speed.
5. Move engine speed control lever (D) to 1/3 speed.
T102144 –UN–17DEC96
IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter more than 30
seconds at a time or it may be
damaged. If engine does not start, wait
at least two minutes before trying again.
If engine does not start in four
attempts, refer to Troubleshooting
chapter.
6. Turn key switch clockwise to turn engine until it starts.
If engine does not start after 30 seconds, wait two
minutes before trying again.
A—Gear Shift Lever
B—FNR Lever
C—Park Brake Switch
D—Engine Speed Control Lever
CED,OUO1040,66 –19–13MAY98–2/2
25-3
120699
PN=73
STARTING THE ENGINE—WITH
POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION
CAUTION: Prevent asphyxiation. Engine
exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death to
you or someone else.
If you must operate engine in a building, be
positive there is adequate ventilation. Either use
an exhaust pipe extension to remove the
exhaust fumes or open doors and/or windows
Avoid possible injury or death from a runaway
machine. DO NOT start engine by shorting
across starter terminals. Machine will start in
gear if normal circuitry is bypassed.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.
Start engine only from operator’s seat, with
FNR lever in neutral and park brake engaged.
1. Sit in seat and fasten seat belt.
2. Sound horn.
A—FNR/Range Lever
B—Park Brake Switch
C—Engine Speed Control Lever
25-4
CED,OUO1040,67 –19–13MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=74
3. Move FNR/range lever (A) to neutral.
5. Move engine speed control lever (C) to 1/3 speed.
IMPORTANT: Do not operate starter more than 30
seconds at a time or it may be
damaged. If engine does not start, wait
at least two minutes before trying again.
If engine does not start in four
attempts, refer to Troubleshooting
chapter.
6. Turn key switch clockwise to turn engine until it starts.
If engine does not start after 30 seconds, wait two
minutes before trying again.
T115365 –UN–15MAY98
IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, never start
engine with speed control at high
speed.
T115364 –UN–15MAY98
4. Engage park brake switch (B) to on.
CED,OUO1040,67 –19–13MAY98–2/2
25-5
120699
PN=75
STARTING FLUID—COLD WEATHER
STARTING AID
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from
exploding container. Starting fluid is highly
flammable. Keep container away from heat,
sparks, and open flame. Contents are
pressurized. Do not puncture or incinerate
container. Remove can from machine if engine
does not need starting fluid.
CAUTION: Remove can from container and
install container upside down to protect starting
aid components from dust.
T102145 –UN–17DEC96
IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to engine. Use starting
aid when temperatures are below 0°C
(32°F) and only when engine is COLD.
Using Starting Fluid
IMPORTANT: To avoid engine damage, push starting
aid button only when engine is cold and
cranking. Starting aid fluid is being
injected into engine as long as you
push and release switch (A).
T102146 –UN–14AUG96
NOTE: If equipped with a high pressure KBI cold
weather starting system, press and hold starting
aid fluid button (A) to start engine.
NOTE: Crank engine for 30 seconds maximum, allowing
two minutes between cranking periods.
While cranking engine, push starting aid switch (A).
Replacing Starting Aid Can
1. Turn container counterclockwise to remove.
2. Remove can (B) from container.
3. Remove safety cap and spray button from new can
and install into container.
KBI is a registered trademark of Kold Band International LTD Company
25-6
TX,25,BD2078 –19–07OCT96–1/2
120699
PN=76
4. Install container clockwise into base.
TX,25,BD2078 –19–07OCT96–2/2
25-7
120699
PN=77
T6713AI1
T6508AE1
–UN–24OCT91
–UN–24OCT91
USING BOOSTER BATTERIES—12 VOLT SYSTEM
Single Battery Application
A—Machine Battery(s)
Two Battery Application
B—Booster Battery(s)
Before boost starting, machine must be properly shut
down and secured to prevent unexpected machine
movement when engine starts.
CAUTION: An explosive gas is produced
while batteries are in use or being charged.
Keep flames or sparks away from the battery
area. Make sure the batteries are charged in
a well ventilated area.
Always remove grounded (—) battery clamp
first and replace it last.
1. Connect one end of the positive cable to the
positive terminal of the machine batteries and the
other end to the positive terminal of the booster
batteries.
2. Connect one end of the negative cable to the
negative terminal of the booster batteries. Then
connect other end of the negative cable to the
machine frame as far away from the machine
batteries as possible.
3. Start engine.
IMPORTANT: The machine electrical system is a
12-volt negative (—) ground. Use
only 12-volt booster batteries.
25-8
TX,25,BD2079 –19–07OCT96–1/2
120699
PN=78
5. Disconnect positive cable from booster batteries
and machine batteries.
4. Immediately after starting engine, disconnect end of
the negative cable from the machine frame and
disconnect the other end of the negative cable from
the negative terminal of the booster batteries.
TX,25,BD2079 –19–07OCT96–2/2
USING COOLANT HEATER—IF EQUIPPED
CAUTION: Prevent possible personal injury
from an electrical shock. Use a heavy-duty,
grounded cord to connect heater to electrical
power.
Plug coolant heater into a 115-volt outlet 10 hours before
you start the engine.
TX,25,BD2080 –19–07OCT96–1/1
IMPORTANT: If STOP-engine indicator light does not
go out within 10 seconds after starting
engine, STOP THE ENGINE and correct
the problem before restarting.
NOTE: Cold oil may cause hydraulic oil filter indicator to
come on temporarily.
With park brake switch engaged and engine running,
check gauges and instrument panel.
T6201BM –19–17JUN91
CHECK INSTRUMENTS AFTER STARTING
TX,25,BD2081 –19–07OCT96–1/1
25-9
120699
PN=79
WARM UP MACHINE
IMPORTANT: To insure proper lubrication, idle engine
at 1/3 speed for five minutes. Extend
period as necessary when operating at
temperatures below freezing.
• Before moving machine, run at 1/3 speed for at least 30
seconds.
IMPORTANT: To avoid carbon build-up in engine and
to use fuel in most efficient manner, do
not allow machine to idle at low rpm.
• Do not run engine at fast or slow idle.
• Operate machine under light loads for first five minutes
once engine is warm.
• Check instruments regularly.
TX,25,BD2082 –19–07OCT96–1/1
25-10
120699
PN=80
COLD WEATHER WARM-UP
IMPORTANT: If hydraulic oil is cold, hydraulic
functions move slowly. Do not attempt
machine operations until hydraulic
functions move at close-to-normal cycle
times.
In extremely cold conditions, an extended warming up
period will be necessary.
Avoid sudden operation of hydraulic functions until engine
is thoroughly warmed up. Remove ice, snow, and mud
from machine before operation.
1. Run engine at 1/2 speed for 15 minutes.
IMPORTANT: To prevent damage to bucket leveling
tube due to cold oil, cycle bucket three
times at hood height before using under
normal operation.
2. Raise loader lift arms to hood height. Cycle bucket
from stop to stop three times.
3. Cycle all remaining hydraulic functions to distribute
warmed oil until all functions operate freely.
TX,25,BG240
–19–29AUG97–1/1
STALLED ENGINE
IMPORTANT: Engine damage may occur due to
overheating after stalling when working
under load. Follow restart procedure to
keep coolant circulating through
engine.
RESTART WARM ENGINE: Immediately remove load and
restart engine. Run engine for 30 seconds at 1/3 idle
before adding load and resuming work. See Stopping the
Engine—Normal Shut Down in this chapter if machine is
to be stopped after restarting stalled warm engine.
TX,25,BD2084 –19–07OCT96–1/1
25-11
120699
PN=81
STOPPING THE ENGINE—NORMAL
SHUTDOWN WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION
T105361 –UN–22NOV96
IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has been
operating at working load, idle at 1/3
speed for one to two minutes to cool
hot parts. If engine stalls while
operating under load, restart
immediately and idle at 1/3 speed for
one to two minutes before stopping to
allow coolant to continue circulating
through engine.
IMPORTANT: Turbocharger may be damaged if
engine is not properly shut down.
T102144 –UN–17DEC96
2. Lower all equipment to ground.
3. Move gear shifter (A) and FNR (B) levers to neutral
position.
unexpected machine movement. NEVER rely on
FNR lever alone to keep machine from moving.
Always engage park brake to hold machine.
4. Move park brake switch (C) to engaged position.
B—FNR Lever
5. Run engine at 1/3 speed with no load for one to two
minutes.
6. Move speed control lever (D) to slow idle position.
7. Turn key off to stop engine. Remove key.
8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control lever(s)
CED,OUO1040,68 –19–13MAY98–1/1
25-12
120699
PN=82
IMPORTANT: Before stopping engine that has been
operating at working load, idle at 1/3
speed for one to two minutes to cool
the engine. If engine stalls while
operating under load, restart
immediately and idle at 1/3 speed for
one to two minutes before stopping to
allow coolant to continue circulating
through engine.
T115364 –UN–15MAY98
STOPPING THE ENGINE—NORMAL
SHUTDOWN WITH POWERSHIFT
TRANSMISSION
2. Lower all equipment to ground.
3. Move FNR/range lever (A) to neutral position.
T115365 –UN–15MAY98
4. Move park brake switch (B) to engaged position.
5. Run engine at 1/3 speed with no load for one to two
minutes.
6. Move speed control lever (C) to slow idle position.
7. Turn key off to stop engine. Remove key.
8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control lever(s)
CED,OUO1040,69 –19–13MAY98–1/1
25-13
120699
PN=83
Driving the Machine
T105517 –UN–02DEC96
DRIVING ON PUBLIC ROADS—310SE
2. Retract backhoe bucket and dipperstick. Install
dipperstick locking pin.
Know local laws and ordinances affecting driving on
highways. Make sure slow moving vehicle emblem,
mirrors, lights and reflectors are in place and
functioning properly.
3. Raise and center backhoe boom. Engage boom
lock and swing lock pin.
Before driving:
4. Raise stabilizers.
CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize
chance of injury from an accident such as
an overturn.
5. Turn seat to face front of machine.
1. Fasten seat belt.
TX,30,BD2086 –19–07OCT96–1/2
6. Move pedal lock bar (1) to lock pedals together.
T125540B
–UN–01NOV99
7. Raise loader bucket off ground and roll bucket back.
TX,30,BD2086 –19–07OCT96–2/2
30-1
120699
PN=84
Driving the Machine
T105520 –UN–02DEC96
DRIVING ON PUBLIC ROADS—315SE
Know local laws and ordinances affecting driving on
highways. Make sure slow moving vehicle emblem,
mirrors, lights and reflectors are in place and
functioning properly.
4. Raise boom and swing 90° so that bucket is next to
side shift frame.
Before driving:
CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize
chance of injury from an accident such as
an overturn.
5. Install swing lock pin and engage boom lock.
8. Connect left and right brake pedals together.
9. Raise loader bucket approximately 406 mm (16 in.)
off ground and roll bucket back.
2. Slide side shift backhoe to one end of frame.
3. Retract backhoe bucket and dipperstick.
EX,30,BG74
30-2
–19–03DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=85
Driving the Machine
RIDE CONTROL OPERATION—IF EQUIPPED
unexpected boom or bucket movement when
equipped with ride control. Ride control
accumulator energy must be discharged when
working on hydraulic components. Turn ignition
switch to ON. Turn ride control switch to ON
position and move the loader control lever into
the float position.
T115935 –UN–18JUN98
Do not have the ride control switch ON when
starting the machine; the machine may move if
the ride control switch is ON and the machine
is started.
Do not have ride control ON when operating the
loader; the ride control system may cause
unexpected movement.
Move ride control switch (A) to ON to improve machine
ride and reduce tire flexing when traveling over rough
terrain at a high speed with loaded bucket or while
transporting with an empty bucket. The ride control
system has an accumulator and valve in the loader circuit.
A—Ride Control Indicator
B—Ride Control Switch
C—Locking Tab
D—Arrow
If engine is stopped with ride control switch in ON
position, ride control switch will remain in the ON position
and ride control will be on when the machine is restarted.
NOTE: With ride control on, the front end of the machine
cannot be lifted off the ground with the loader and
stay in the up position. The front end of the
machine will drift back to the ground. To hold front
end up while using the backhoe, turn the ride
control switch to OFF.
If the machine is to be serviced for maintenance,
discharge the oil pressure in the ride control system, as
follows:
1. Place loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) of the
ground.
2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ride
control switch to OFF position.
30-3
CED,OUO1040,88 –19–21OCT99–1/2
120699
PN=86
Driving the Machine
3. Turn key switch to ON without starting the engine and
move ride control switch to ON position.
4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket
should lower to ground.
5. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, see
Checking Ride Control Accumulator in Chapter 90 of
this manual.
CED,OUO1040,88 –19–21OCT99–2/2
KEEP RIDERS OFF MACHINE
Riders on machine are subject to injury such as
being struck by foreign objects and being
thrown off of the machine. Riders also obstruct
the operator’s view resulting in the machine
being operated in an unsafe manner.
CAUTION: Only allow the operator on machine.
Keep riders off.
TX,30,BD2087 –19–07OCT96–1/1
30-4
120699
PN=87
Driving the Machine
DRIVING THE MACHINE—WITH MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
T102172 –UN–19SEP96
unexpected machine movement. Machine will
move in direction of pedal if only one is
applied. Connect brake pedals together before
traveling at high speed.
1. Connect brake pedals (A) by engaging lock bar (B)
between pedals. Keep lock bar engaged unless brakes
are to be used to aid in turning.
CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chance
of injury from an accident such as an overturn.
30-5
CED,OUO1040,70 –19–13MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=88
Driving the Machine
3. Move engine speed control lever (A) to desired speed
and start engine. (See Starting the Engine in Operating
the Engine chapter.)
T102174 –UN–17DEC96
NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,
and STOP-engine indicator will come on if FNR
lever is engaged while park brake is set. Turn
park brake off before engaging FNR lever.
If park brake is disengaged when machine is
stopped, it automatically engages. If machine is
started with switch in OFF position, turn switch on,
then off before driving machine.
4. Turn park brake switch (B) to disengaged position.
T105362 –UN–22NOV96
5. Push clutch disconnect button (D) to remove engine
power from drive train and engage gear shifter (E) to
appropriate gear for travel.
Always set park brake to hold machine.
6. Use FNR lever (C) to change direction of travel. FNR
lever can be operated without using the clutch
disconnect.
T102177 –UN–19SEP96
• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.
• Move FNR lever (C) toward F to travel forward and
toward R to travel in reverse.
• Move lever to neutral N, when machine is not
moving. FNR lever will drop to a detented position
when in the neutral N position.
7. Vary travel speed when driving using speed control
pedal (F).
A—Speed Control Lever
C—FNR Lever
D—Clutch Disconnect Button
E—Gear Shifter
F—Speed Control Pedal
CED,OUO1040,70 –19–13MAY98–2/2
30-6
120699
PN=89
Driving the Machine
DRIVING THE MACHINE—WITH
POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION—IF
EQUIPPED
T102172 –UN–19SEP96
unexpected machine movement. Machine will
move in direction of pedal if only one is
applied. Connect brake pedals together before
traveling at high speed.
1. Connect brake pedals (A) by engaging lock bar (B)
between pedals. Keep lock bar engaged unless brakes
are to be used to aid in turning.
CAUTION: Use a seat belt to minimize chance
of injury from an accident such as an overturn.
CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–1/4
3. Move engine speed control lever (A) to desired speed
and start engine. (See Starting the Engine in Operating
the Engine chapter.)
T102174 –UN–17DEC96
NOTE: Park brake indicator will light, alarm will sound,
and STOP-engine indicator will come on if
FNR/range lever is engaged while park brake is
set. Turn park brake off before engaging FNR
lever.
If park brake is disengaged when machine is
stopped, it automatically engages. If machine is
started with switch in off position, turn switch on,
then off before driving machine.
4. Turn park brake switch (B) to disengaged position.
30-7
CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–2/4
120699
PN=90
Driving the Machine
5. Use FNR/range lever (A) to change direction of travel.
FNR/range lever can be operated without using the
clutch disconnect.
• Reduce speed when changing direction of travel.
• Move FNR/range lever (A) toward “F” to travel
forward and toward “R” to travel in reverse.
• Move lever to neutral “N”, when machine is not
moving. FNR/range lever will drop to a detented
position when in the neutral “N” position.
T115390 –UN–15MAY98
FNR/range lever alone to keep machine from
moving. Always set park brake to hold machine.
6. FNR/range lever also selects forward gear ranges 1, 2,
3, and 4 and reverse ranges 1, 2, and 3. The fourth
position (4) in reverse provides the same speed range
as the third position (3).
• Rotate handle on FNR/range lever (A) to select gear
position.
• Gear position is indicated by the pointer (B).
CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–3/4
T102177 –UN–19SEP96
7. Vary travel speed when driving using speed control
pedal (F).
CED,OUO1040,71 –19–13MAY98–4/4
30-8
120699
PN=91
Driving the Machine
TRAVEL SPEED—310SE WITH MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L x
24 standard rear tires:
No. 1
5.8 km/hr
3.6 mph
FORWARD GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
9.5 km/hr
23.2 km/hr
5.9 mph
14.4 mph
No. 4
39.3 km/hr
24.4 mph
No. 1
6.4 km/hr
4.0 mph
REVERSE GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
10.6 km/hr
25.9 km/hr
6.6 mph
16.1 mph
No. 4
43.8 km/hr
27.2 mph
CED,OUO1040,72 –19–13MAY98–1/1
TRAVEL SPEED—310SE WITH POWERSHIFT
TRANSMISSION
Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 19.5L x
24 standard rear tires:
No. 1
5.8 km/hr
3.6 mph
FORWARD GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
9.5 km/hr
23.2 km/hr
5.9 mph
14.4 mph
No. 4
39.3 km/hr
24.4 mph
No. 1
6.4 km/hr
4.0 mph
REVERSE GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
10.6 km/hr
25.9 km/hr
6.6 mph
16.1 mph
No. 4
25.9 km/hr
16.1 mph
NOTE: Third and fourth gear speeds are the same in reverse.
CED,OUO1040,72 –19–13MAY98–1/1
30-9
120699
PN=92
Driving the Machine
TRAVEL SPEED—315SE WITH MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 16.9 x 28
standard rear tires:
No. 1
6.1 km/hr
3.8 mph
FORWARD GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
10.1 km/hr
24.6 km/hr
6.3 mph
15.3 mph
No. 4
41.5 km/hr
25.8 mph
No. 1
6.8 km/hr
4.2 mph
REVERSE GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
11.3 km/hr
27.4 km/hr
7.0 mph
17.1 mph
No. 4
46.3 km/hr
28.8 mph
CED,OUO1040,73 –19–13MAY98–1/1
TRAVEL SPEED—315SE WITH POWERSHIFT
TRANSMISSION
Travel speeds are as follows for machines using 16.9 x 28
standard rear tires:
No. 1
6.1 km/hr
3.8 mph
FORWARD GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
10.1 km/hr
24.6 km/hr
6.3 mph
15.3 mph
No. 4
41.5 km/hr
25.8 mph
No. 1
6.8 km/hr
4.2 mph
REVERSE GEAR
No. 2
No. 3
11.3 km/hr
27.4 km/hr
7.0 mph
17.1 mph
No. 4
27.4 km/hr
17.1 mph
NOTE: Third and fourth gear speeds are the same in reverse.
CED,OUO1040,74 –19–13MAY98–1/1
30-10
120699
PN=93
Driving the Machine
PARKING THE MACHINE—WITH MANUAL
TRANSMISSION
T105361 –UN–22NOV96
2. Lower front loader to ground.
3. Move gear shifter (A) and FNR lever (B) to neutral
position.
4. Engage park brake with switch (C).
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to engine, run engine
at 1/2 speed no load for 2 minutes
before shutting down.
T102144 –UN–17DEC96
5. Set engine to 1/2 speed with lever (D) and idle for 2
minutes.
6. Set engine at low idle.
NOTE: STOP-engine indicator and park brake indicator
will stay on until engine has completely stopped.
B—FNR Lever
8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control lever
CED,OUO1040,116
30-11
–19–19MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=94
Driving the Machine
PARKING THE MACHINE—WITH
POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION—IF
EQUIPPED
T115364 –UN–15MAY98
2. Lower front loader to ground.
3. Move FNR/range lever (A) to neutral position.
4. Engage park brake with switch (B).
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to engine, run engine
at 1/2 speed no load for 2 minutes
before shutting down.
T115365 –UN–15MAY98
5. Set engine to 1/2 speed with lever (C) and idle for 2
minutes.
6. Set engine at low idle.
NOTE: STOP-engine indicator and park brake indicator
will stay on until engine has completely stopped.
8. Release hydraulic pressure by moving control lever
CED,OUO1040,117
30-12
–19–19MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=95
T105527 –UN–03DEC96
PREPARING TO OPERATE BACKHOE
310SE Shown
1. Back machine close to desired digging location and
park on flat ground.
2. Move FNR and gear shifter to neutral position and
engage park brake.
3. Position loader bucket on ground and lower boom
until front wheels rise off ground. (See Operating
Front Loader in this chapter.)
5. Lower stabilizers until rear tires are just off the
ground to level unit. (See Operating Stabilizers in
this chapter.)
6. Remove swing lock pin, place pin in storage
position and disengage backhoe boom lock.
7. Check backhoe levers for proper clearance. (See
Backhoe Valve Linkage Adjustment in this chapter.)
4. Turn seat to face backhoe. (See Seat Controls in
Operator’s Station chapter.)
TX,35,BD2091 –19–29NOV99–1/1
35-1
120699
PN=96
BACKHOE VALVE LINKAGE ADJUSTMENT
T7407AJ –UN–30OCT90
IMPORTANT: Levers must be adjusted correctly to
assure clearance with seat and allow
full lever travel.
1. Put backhoe valve spools in neutral position
2. Place a piece of masking tape across inside surface of
rear ROPS posts at backhoe lever knob height.
3. Measure from edge of knobs to tape. Adjust distance
(B) to 140 mm (5.5 in.).
B—Distance 140 mm (5.5 in.)
4. Check distance between knobs. Center to center
distance should be 260 mm (10.25 in.).
5. Check levers for full travel and proper operation.
Linkage rods should not contact each other at any
lever position.
CED,TX03768,2666
35-2
–19–29OCT99–1/1
120699
PN=97
OPERATING STABILIZERS
T102201 –UN–24AUG96
unexpected machine movement. Stabilizers
must be set on a firm surface. Do not dig under
stabilizers. Be alert to possible machine
movement when raising stabilizers and loader
bucket.
T102200 –UN–24AUG96
Before operating the backhoe, use stabilizers to lift and
level the machine. Use the levers to move stabilizers from
raised position (A and C) to lowered position (B and D).
T105531 –UN–03DEC96
310SE
315SE
A—Left Stabilizer Up
B—Left Stabilizer Down
C—Right Stabilizer Up
D—Right Stabilizer Down
TX,35,BD2092 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-3
120699
PN=98
OPERATING BOOM LOCK—310SE
IMPORTANT: To prevent possible machine damage,
unlock boom before operating backhoe.
T102050 –UN–14AUG96
To unlock boom:
1. Raise boom against stops to release tension between
hooks and locks (A).
2. Pull lever (B) toward operator to raise locks away from
boom hooks (unlocked position).
To lock boom:
1. Pull lever toward operator to raise locks.
T105250 –UN–18NOV96
2. Raise boom against stops.
3. Release lever to lower locks in hooks (locked position).
TX,35,BD2093 –19–07OCT96–1/1
OPERATING BOOM LOCK—315SE
unlock boom before operating backhoe.
T105506 –UN–02DEC96
To unlock boom:
1. Raise boom against stops to release tension between
hooks and locks (A).
2. Depress foot switch (B) to raise locks away from boom
hooks (unlocked position).
To lock boom:
1. Depress foot switch to raise locks and hold.
T105507 –UN–02DEC96
2. With locks raised, raise boom against stops.
3. Release foot switch to lower locks in hooks (locked
position).
EX,35,BG76
35-4
–19–03DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=99
OPERATING SWING LOCK
T105249 –UN–18NOV96
remove swing lock pin before operating
backhoe.
NOTE: 315SE has three mounting holes for swing lock
pin to allow boom to be locked in central position
or swung to the right or left.
Remove swing lock pin (A) from mounting hole (B) and
place in storage position in operator’s station.
T102208 –UN–14AUG96
Storage Position—310SE Shown
T105663 –UN–11DEC96
310SE
315SE
TX,35,BD2094 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-5
120699
PN=100
OPERATING EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK
LOCK—IF EQUIPPED
T103811 –UN–17SEP96
CAUTION: To prevent serious injury, always
install locking pin from ground.
1. Lower backhoe to ground and turn engine off before
removing or installing locking pin.
T105279 –UN–19NOV96
2. Remove pin from lock hole (A) and place in storage
holder (B). Retain with quick-lock pin (C).
TX,35,BG241
–19–29AUG97–1/1
TX,35,BG243
–19–08NOV99–1/1
OPERATING AUXILIARY FLOW CONTROL
VALVE—IF EQUIPPED
T111183 –UN–21AUG97
Auxiliary hydraulic valve is equipped with three different
flow settings. Each setting is identified with a numbered
decal (A) on adjustment lever. To adjust flow:
1. Loosen set screw (B).
2. Turn lever so desired setting (A) is viewed from rear of
machine.
• Turn lever to left for 18 gpm.
• Center lever position gives 22 gpm.
• Turn lever to right for 9 gpm.
3. Tighten set screw.
35-6
120699
PN=101
OPERATING BACKHOE—JOHN DEERE TWO
LEVER CONTROLS
T125493 –UN–04NOV99
controls to SAE two lever style is available from your
down.
Operate backhoe with control levers. Move levers as
shown to maneuver backhoe components in desired
directions.
T125491 –UN–28OCT99
For faster cycle times, fully extend levers when moving
and operate more than one component at a time.
A—Lower Boom
B—Raise Boom
C—Extend Dipperstick
D—Retract Dipperstick
E—Load Bucket
F—Dump Bucket
G—Boom Swing Left
H—Boom Swing Right
TX,35,BG277
35-7
–19–08JAN97–1/1
120699
PN=102
OPERATING BACKHOE CONTROLS—SAE
EXCAVATOR TWO LEVER STYLE
T126184 –UN–24NOV99
controls to SAE two lever style is available from your
authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the SAE
two lever controls must be installed.
down.
directions.
T125491 –UN–28OCT99
A—Lower Boom
B—Raise Boom
E—Load Bucket
F—Dump Bucket
G—Swing Left
H—Swing Right
CED,TX03768,2664
35-8
–19–22OCT99–1/1
120699
PN=103
OPERATING BACKHOE CONTROLS—THREE
LEVER ( CASE STYLE)
T125492 –UN–28OCT99
controls to three lever style is available from your
authorized dealer. Labels corresponding to the three
down.
directions.
T125491 –UN–28OCT99
A—Lower Boom
B—Raise Boom
E—Load Bucket
F—Dump Bucket
G—Boom Swing Left
H—Boom Swing Right
CASE is a trademark of Case Corp.
TX,35,BG279
35-9
–19–08JAN97–1/1
120699
PN=104
OPERATING BACKHOE CONTROLS—FOUR
LEVER ( FORD STYLE)
controls to four lever style is available from your
T125490 –UN–28OCT99
down.
directions.
T125487 –UN–28OCT99
A—Extend Dipperstick
B—Retract Dipperstick
C—Raise Boom
D—Lower Boom
E—Load Bucket
F—Dump Bucket
G—Swing Right
H—Swing Left
FORD is a trademark of Ford Motor Company
CED,TX03768,2665
35-10
–19–22OCT99–1/1
120699
PN=105
SHIFTING BACKHOE WITH BUCKET—315SE
1. Lower stabilizers.
2. Swing boom in opposite direction of shift.
3. Lower bucket to ground so teeth hold firmly.
T105537 –UN–03DEC96
4. Depress sliding frame lock switch (A) to unlock.
5. Using boom and dipperstick levers, push backhoe in
desired direction.
T105538 –UN–03DEC96
T105534 –UN–11DEC96
6. Release sliding frame lock switch. Fully extend one of
the backhoe levers and hold momentarily to ensure
that backhoe is locked into place.
EX,35,BG80
35-11
–19–04DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=106
OPERATING EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK—IF
EQUIPPED
Push top (A) of pedal to extend dipperstick.
T105287 –UN–19NOV96
Push bottom (B) of pedal to retract dipperstick.
T102223 –UN–24AUG96
Two Lever
Dipperstick
TX,35,BD2097 –19–07OCT96–1/1
BACKHOE TRANSPORT/STORAGE
POSITION
1. Curl bucket, retract dipperstick and center boom.
2. Engage boom lock and install swing lock pin.
5. Roll back loader bucket until bottom is parallel to
ground.
TX,35,BD2098 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-12
120699
PN=107
OPERATING FRONT LOADER
T102230 –UN–24AUG96
unexpected machine movement. Operate loader
facing forward in the operator’s seat only.
NOTE: Control lever will return to neutral if released
during normal loader operation.
Push lever in following directions for corresponding loader
movements:
NOTE: Moving lever completely forward (A) will place
loader in float position. Lever will stay in float
position until it is manually moved .
• A—Lever Forward: Lower Boom
• B—Lever Rearward: Raise Boom
NOTE: Moving lever completely to the left (rollback) will
hold it in position until bucket is level. Once
bucket is level, lever will return to neutral.
• C—Lever Left: Roll Back Bucket
• D—Lever Right: Dump Bucket
T102232 –UN–14AUG96
For faster cycle times, fully extend lever in desired
direction, run engine at fast idle and move boom and
bucket at same time.
A—Lower Boom
B—Raise Boom
C—Roll Back Bucket
D—Dump Bucket
TX,35,BD2099 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-13
120699
PN=108
ADJUSTING LOADER BUCKET
SELF-LEVELING LINKAGE INDICATOR AND
RETURN-TO-DIG SWITCH
T105234 –UN–13DEC96
1. Position bucket flat on ground and turn engine off.
2. Remove linkage cover (A) and reinstall cap screw.
3. Hold bucket lever in rollback position.
EX,35,BG60
–19–06MAY98–1/3
4. Measure gap (A) between guard/stop (B) and bell crank
(C).
Between Guard/Stop and Bell Crank—Specification
Gap .................................................................................... 1 mm (0.04 in.)
5. If gap is not to specification, adjust rod jam nut and
yoke (D) to obtain correct gap. Allow bucket lever to
return to neutral position.
6. Measure gap (E) between top of bell crank pin (F) and
bottom of actuator tang (G).
Between Top of Bell Crank Pin and Bottom of Actuator Tang—
Specification
Gap ..................................................................................... 152 mm (6 in.)
T102233 –UN–26JUL96
7. If gap is not to specification, adjust sensor and yoke (H)
to correct.
A—1 mm (0.04 in.) gap
B—Guard/Stop
C—Bell Crank—Neutral Position
D—Rod Jam Nut and Yoke
E—152 mm (6 in.) gap
F—Bell Crank Pin
G—Actuator Tang
H—Sensor Tube Jam Nut and Yoke
I—Bucket Dump
J—Bucket Rollback
35-14
EX,35,BG60
–19–06MAY98–2/3
120699
PN=109
8. Loosen cap screw (A) and move return to dig switch so
roller (B) is touching area (C) on cam.
9. Tighten cap screw without moving switch.
–UN–09NOV88
10. While watching clearance between cam and switch,
turn bucket level pointer back and forth to be sure cam
does not hit switch bracket.
T87154
NOTE: Be sure that switch arm and roller do not bottom
on switch housing.
11. If arm touches bracket or switch arm, and roller
bottoms on switch housing, reposition switch. Repeat
steps 8—12 for adjustment.
12. When adjusted correctly, bucket position will be
approximately level or slightly forward with ground. Install
cover when adjusted correctly.
EX,35,BG60
35-15
–19–06MAY98–3/3
120699
PN=110
CHANGING LOADER BUCKETS
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from falling
hardware. Bucket cylinder and links will fall
forward if bucket is in dig position when pins
are removed. Remove pins only when bucket is
on ground in full dump position.
1. Place bucket in dump position on floor.
2. Remove pin (A) and pivot links (B) to rear against
cross tube (C).
3. Remove pin (D) and carefully lay cylinder (E) on cross
tube.
T103832 –UN–17SEP96
CAUTION: Bucket is heavy and can cause injury
if not moved properly. Use adequate lifting
device to move bucket.
4. Remove pins (F) and bucket.
5. Position new bucket in dump position where previously
removed bucket was. Install pins (F).
6. Connect bucket links and cylinder using previously
removed pins (A and D) and retaining hardware.
A—Pin
B—Pivot Links (2 used)
C—Cross Tube
D—Pin
E—Cylinder
F—Pins (2 used)
TX,35,BD2101 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-16
120699
PN=111
CAUTION: To prevent injury from loss of
machine control, DO NOT engage differential
lock when driving at high speed or steering will
be limited.
To prevent injury from unexpected movement,
DO NOT engage lock with machine stopped and
only one wheel spinning.
Press down on foot switch (A) to lock differential. When
differential is locked, both rear wheels turn at the same
speed.
T102308 –UN–06SEP96
OPERATING DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
Unequal traction will keep differential locked. When
traction evens out, differential lock disengages
automatically if switch is released. If traction is constant,
hold switch down to keep lock engaged.
TX,35,BD2102 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-17
120699
PN=112
OPERATING MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL
DRIVE (MFWD)—IF EQUIPPED
NOTE: For best performance, fuel economy, and tire
wear, operate MFWD only when needed.
T105240 –UN–17DEC96
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible gear damage. MFWD
can be engaged and disengaged while
driving, except in cases of unequal
traction. Machine must be stopped
before engaging MFWD during unequal
traction.
Optional Gauge Package Shown
To achieve best MFWD performance, be sure
front tires are inflated to proper air pressure. (See
Tire Pressures in Maintenance—As Required
chapter.)
NOTE: It may take several seconds for the MFWD to
engage or disengage depending on the
mechanical gearing of the MFWD assembly.
Push down switch (B) to engage MFWD. Indicator light
(A) will remain on while MFWD is engaged.
TX,35,BD2103 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-18
120699
PN=113
REVERSE STABILIZER FEET—310SE
Use rubber pad side (A) of stabilizer foot when operating
on paved surface to prevent damaging work area.
Use cleat side (B) of stabilizer foot when operating in dirt
to prevent slipping.
T8214AO
–UN–27APR94
To change foot surface, remove pin (C), rotate foot 180°
to opposite surface, and install pin to keep foot from
turning back around.
TX,35,BD2104 –19–07OCT96–1/1
CAUTION: Counterweights are heavy and can
cause serious injury if dropped. Be sure
counter weights are properly supported with a
forklift or other adequate lifting device before
removing.
1. Support counterweights before adding or removing
weights. Use a forklift by inserting tines in slots (A).
2. Install front counterweights for added stability as
necessary. Remove cap screws (B) to remove existing
weights and to retain new weights to machine.
T105666 –UN–11DEC96
ADD FRONT COUNTERWEIGHTS
TX,35,BD2105 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-19
120699
PN=114
ADD LIQUID BALLAST TO FRONT TIRES
NOTE: See Maintenance—As Required chapter for tire
pressure.
Weights given are for tires 75 percent full of liquid.
Water Only
Water/CaCl2 Solution *
Tire Size
Water Volume
Water Weight
Water Volume
Water Weight
Weight of Solution
Per Tire
11 L x 15
53 L
53 kg
45 L
19 kg
64 kg
(14 gal)
(117 lb)
(12 gal)
(42 lb)
(142 lb)
57 L
57 kg
49 L
21 kg
70 kg
(15 gal)
(126 lb)
(13 gal)
(46 lb)
(155 lb)
11 L x 16 12 PR F3
*Approximately 1.6 kg (3.5 lb) CaCl2 per gallon of water will stay slush free to -24°C (-12°F) and will freeze solid at -47°C (-52°F).
TX,35,BD2106 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-20
120699
PN=115
OPERATING TIPS
Reducing speed when driving over rough terrain, carrying
a heavy load, or working in a congested area will increase
your ability to control the machine. Avoid rough terrain,
rocks, curbs, and ditches whenever possible.
When backhoe is not being used, backhoe boom must be
locked in full raised position. Curl backhoe bucket and
retract dipperstick.
While driving, carry loader bucket low for good visibility
and machine stability.
Before starting work, walk the site to uncover hazards.
Keep site clean and level to maximize machine stability.
Do not knock down stakes or grade markers to avoid
re-work due to losing sight guides.
Use proper equipment to best suit terrain and debris being
worked with.
Loose, fragmented material will dump quickly from the
bucket. To break up material as it enters bucket and avoid
sticking, excavate in thin layers.
If cleaning bucket by rapping against stops, use MINIMUM
amount of force to avoid cylinder damage. If rapping
bucket lightly does not work, clean bucket out by hand.
Do not attempt to clean bucket out by striking against the
ground or another object.
TX,35,BD2107 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-21
120699
PN=116
WORK AT PROPER ANGLES
T104818 –UN–06DEC96
Work perpendicular or at an angle to stockpile to prevent
highest part of pile from collapsing onto machine. Use
backhoe bucket to remove material that may fall onto
machine.
Work perpendicular or at an angle to excavation to
prevent cave-ins. Do not operate near the edge of an
excavation or trench.
T104819 –UN–06DEC96
Use backhoe bucket to fill areas where cave-ins occur.
TX,35,BG244
–19–29AUG97–1/1
OPERATING ON A SLOPE
Driving straight up or down slope with loader and backhoe
bucket near ground and dipperstick retracted:
With front bucket loaded:
• Level or slightly retract bucket when driving up slope.
• Fully retract bucket when driving down slope.
T104820 –UN–06DEC96
CAUTION: To avoid injury from machine
rollover, DO NOT turn while operating on
slopes.
• Level bucket when driving up slope keeping bucket
raised high enough to prevent digging into ground.
• Point bucket down slope and drive slow when traveling
down slope.
T104821 –UN–06DEC96
With front bucket unloaded:
TX,35,BD2109 –19–07OCT96–1/1
35-22
120699
PN=117
POSITIONING SPOIL PILES
T104822 –UN–06DEC96
To prevent cave-ins, place spoil pile at least 1 m (3 ft)
away from edge of excavation. Deeper excavations
require larger area for spoil pile due to increased pile size.
Place spoil piles in convenient locations for easier truck
loading or backfilling.
On slopes, place piles on the upper side for improved
machine stability and easier backfilling.
TX,35,BG245
–19–29AUG97–1/1
TX,35,BG246
–19–29AUG97–1/1
LEVELING MACHINE
Operate machine on firm, level ground when operating
backhoe.
T104823 –UN–06DEC96
1. Level work area as necessary.
IMPORTANT: To avoid injury from tipping or
unexpected machine movement do not
dig under stabilizers.
NOTE: When stabilizers are lowered to level machine,
they may not be extended the same length due to
variations in ground.
T104824 –UN–06DEC96
2. Lower stabilizers to level machine and provide
side-to-side stability. Take load off rear tires with
minimum clearance between tires and ground.
3. With front bucket in dig position, lower until weight of
machine is off front tires. Add material in bucket for
additional counterweight.
Position loader bucket in fully dumped position when
ground surface is icy, wet, or rocky.
35-23
120699
PN=118
MOVING WITH BACKHOE
Use one of the following procedures to move machine
forward and continue digging in the same excavation.
T104825 –UN–06DEC96
DRIVE FORWARD
Place backhoe in transport position, turn seat to face
front, and drive machine forward.
BACKHOE
NOTE: Moving the machine with backhoe is
recommended for experienced operators.
• Swing backhoe to center position and check area in
front of machine for bystanders.
• Move gear shift and FNR levers to neutral.
• Release park brake.
• Raise loader bucket.
• Raise stabilizers so tires are on ground supporting rear
of machine.
• Retract backhoe boom and dipperstick and place bucket
teeth firmly in the ground.
• Slowly extend dipperstick and lower boom to move
machine forward.
• When machine is in desired position, lower stabilizers
and loader bucket to level machine, engage park brake
and continue digging.
TX,35,BG247
35-24
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=119
USING BACKHOE BUCKET
Use type of digging which is best suited for your specific
job.
T104826 –UN–08JAN97
Crowd Digging:
For most general excavating, leveling material, and
digging trenches. Crowd digging utilizes the crowd
cylinder (A) for majority of movement.
1. Position dipperstick in vertical position and then move
away from machine approximately 0.61 m (2 ft).
Crowd Digging
2. Retract dipperstick and curl bucket simultaneously to
make first cut. First cut should be approximately 1.2 m
(4 ft) long and 75—100 mm (3—4 in.) deep.
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for remaining cuts and increase
depth to 100—150 mm (4—6 in.) deep.
Bucket Digging:
For power digging or working in a small area. Use bucket
cylinder (B) for digging.
T104827 –UN–06DEC96
1. Lower extended bucket to digging area and lower
boom to force bucket into ground.
2. While retracting the dipperstick, curl (retract) bucket
until it is full.
If bucket stalls, raise the boom slightly and continue to
curl bucket.
Bucket Digging
If dipperstick stalls, roll back bucket to break out.
TX,35,BG248
35-25
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=120
USING A SIGHT GAUGE FOR TRENCHING
T102503 –UN–10SEP96
Drive two stakes in ground, 9 m (30 ft) (A) apart, in line
with desired trench location. Use stakes as a sight gauge.
Use of a sight gauge is recommended especially if
machine is moved off course often.
TX,35,BD1950 –19–20SEP96–1/1
TRENCHING
T7208AL –UN–30JAN90
Trenches should be dug in a “V” to prevent cave-ins. (See
Positioning Spoil Piles in this chapter for spoil dumping
information.)
T104828 –UN–06DEC96
If cave-in occurs and cannot be reached from current
position, DO NOT back over trench. Drive the machine to
side at cave-in, and park at a 90° angle.
T104829 –UN–06DEC96
Trenching on Slope
Fixing Cave-In
TX,35,BG249
35-26
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=121
OPERATING EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK
WITH ATTACHMENTS
T103835 –UN–11OCT96
When using attachments, it is recommended to retract
extendible dipperstick and lock in place. Operating
hydraulic hammers, compactors, etc., with dipperstick
extended may cause abnormal wear and stress on
dipperstick components and ultimately shorten their life.
TX,35,BD2115 –19–07OCT96–1/1
USING LOADER BUCKET
NOTE: Bucket and boom can be positioned while
machine is on-the-go.
T104830 –UN–06DEC96
1. Place bucket in dig position on ground.
2. Move gear shift lever to appropriate gear to dig. First
or second gear is recommended.
3. Move forward into the material.
T104831 –UN–06DEC96
4. Raise and curl bucket to hold load.
TX,35,BG250
35-27
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=122
EXCAVATING WITH FRONT BUCKET
NOTE: Buckets with teeth are recommended for
excavating.
–UN–30JAN90
Position bucket at a slightly downward angle on ground
and drive forward to scoop ground and curl bucket at end
of excavating area.
T7208AR
If digging in tightly packed, hard or dense ground, use a
gentle up-and-down motion to break up ground.
TX,35,BD1951 –19–20SEP96–1/1
DOZING AND PLOWING
T104832 –UN–06DEC96
DOZING: With bucket parallel to ground, remove as little
dirt as possible from top surface. Let dirt spill from
partially dumped bucket to fill in low spots.
PLOWING: Place boom in float position and bucket in dig
position to prevent gouging surface (e.g.—cleaning
concrete and snow removal). Also use float position to
avoid mixing surface and stockpile material.
TX,35,BG251
35-28
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=123
EXCAVATING BANKS OR STOCKPILES
T104833 –UN–06DEC96
CAUTION: To prevent possible injury from
falling material, remove overhangs from top of
bank or stockpile before starting excavation.
Remove overhang with backhoe or loader before starting
to dig at the base of a bank or stockpile.
Using backhoe or loader, reduce required breakout force
required when digging into hard, dense, or tightly-packed
material by working from top of bank or stockpile to
bottom.
Remove Overhang
T104834 –UN–06DEC96
Under normal conditions, start to excavate bank or
stockpile from bottom, working up the side. Work face of
bank or stockpile evenly to prevent outcroppings and
overhangs.
Excavate bank or stockpile with machine at a 90° angle to
digging surface.
1. Position bucket on the ground in dig position.
NOTE: Use differential lock as necessary.
Hard Material Start Point
2. Place gear shift lever in first or second gear depending
on ground conditions.
3. Move forward into the bank or stockpile.
T7208AV
–UN–30JAN90
4. Raise and curl bucket as it fills.
Normal Excavating Position
TX,35,BG252
–19–29AUG97–1/1
TX,35,BG253
–19–29AUG97–1/1
BACKDRAGGING
35-29
T104835 –UN–06DEC96
Leveling and grading can be done by backdragging with
front loader bucket in reverse. Place front loader boom in
float position when backdragging so bucket will follow
contour of ground.
120699
PN=124
BACKFILLING
T104836 –UN–06DEC96
CAUTION: To avoid injury due to an overturn
when backfilling, DO NOT position machine at
an angle to excavation. To ensure best possible
traction and stability, approach excavation
straight on.
IMPORTANT: To prevent machine damage, DO NOT
use loader bucket in dump position or
side of bucket to backfill.
Use bucket side or loader in dump
position only if finish grading with front
boom in float position.
Backfilling Next To a Building:
NOTE: If operating in an area with limited work space,
use backhoe bucket instead of loader for easier
maneuvering.
Extra dirt can be backfilled around foundations to
allow for settling.
When backfilling next to a building, push load as close as
possible with loader bucket, then backdrag to pull excess
material away.
Backfilling An Excavation:
As an excavation is filled nearly to grade, begin to
compact material by slowly moving front wheels onto fill
material while gradually emptying loader bucket. Front
wheels will compact loose soil which will support machine
as it moves further onto filled area.
35-30
TX,35,BG254
–19–29AUG97–1/2
120699
PN=125
NOTE: To level surface and fill tracks as grade is
reached, backdrag when backing out over filled
area. (See Backdragging in this chapter for
backdragging procedure.)
T104836 –UN–06DEC96
Backfilling Large Areas:
To bring a large area up to grade, while being able to
drive in, spread material in thin layers over entire area.
Operate at nearly full engine speed while in first gear and
dump material on-the-go. Reverse direction just prior to
emptying bucket. Tractor will compact fill material as it
moves back and forth.
TX,35,BG254
35-31
–19–29AUG97–2/2
120699
PN=126
TRUCK LOADING
Level and smooth loading area before loading trucks to
increase machine stability.
T104837 –UN–06DEC96
Retract and lock backhoe and dipperstick. Install swing
lock pin.
Be sure working area is clear of all persons, including
truck driver, before loading truck.
Park truck close to stockpile to reduce backhoe travel
time.
“V” Path
If possible, load truck on driver’s side for easy
communication with driver.
T104838 –UN–06DEC96
If possible, park truck so wind will be at your back to keep
dust of the dumped load out of your eyes and away from
engine air cleaner.
Follow a "V" path between truck and stockpile.
Raise loader while moving toward truck and lower while
moving away from truck to save time.
Load truck box from center front to center rear.
Dump load into truck at a steady pace (rather than
abruptly) to minimize stress on truck.
If loading large rock, first place a load of smaller rock into
truck to cushion impact of large.
If loading with backhoe bucket, do not swing bucket over
truck cab.
TX,35,BG256
35-32
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=127
BENCHING
T7208BA –UN–30JAN90
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from a
collapsing soil bank. DO NOT undercut soil
bank with bucket.
NOTE: Start benching on a level surface. If necessary,
use backhoe bucket to create a level starting point
to bench.
1. With bucket positioned at a slightly downward angle,
move gear shift to first gear, lower bucket into ground
and drive forward.
2. Create a windrow of spoil material to build the bench.
TX,35,BD2121 –19–07OCT96–1/3
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from rollover.
DO NOT drop leading front tire past windrow
edge. DO NOT work parallel to road edge to
compact spoil.
–UN–30JAN90
NOTE: Keep material in bucket while moving forward to
fill low spots on bench.
T7208BB
3. Push windrow at 45—90° angle to road edge to extend
bench.
T7208BC
–UN–30JAN90
4. Compact windrow spoil with leading front tire ONLY.
35-33
TX,35,BD2121 –19–07OCT96–2/3
120699
PN=128
T7208BD
–UN–30JAN90
5. Make a final grading pass to straighten uphill bank and
level bench.
TX,35,BD2121 –19–07OCT96–3/3
35-34
120699
PN=129
LIFTING
T105290 –UN–17DEC96
CAUTION: Never move the load suddenly. Never
move load over person’s head. Do not allow
any persons near the load. Keep all persons
away from raised load until blocks are
supporting it or load is sitting on the ground.
Make sure chain/sling is in good condition and
is rated for load you are lifting.
1. For maximum lifting capability, attach chain/sling to
buckets at positions shown. Refer to Specifications
chapter for capacities of backhoe.
T105289 –UN–20NOV96
2. Attach a hand line to load for stability. Use long
enough line to ensure that person holding it is a safe
distance from load.
3. Before lifting, perform following test of load stability:
NOTE: If using backhoe to lift, raise rear tires off ground
50 mm (2 in.) and be sure machine is level. If
ground is soft, place boards or other wide support
under stabilizer feet to increase stability.
a. Park machine close to load.
b. Attach load to chain/sling.
c. Raise load 50 mm (2 in.) above ground.
d. If using backhoe, swing load all the way to one
side.
e. While keeping load close to the ground, extend it
away from machine.
If there is any indication of reduced stability of your
machine, lower load to the ground and make necessary
adjustments so machine can successfully perform test. Do
not lift load until machine can perform test at acceptable
level.
TX,35,BG257
35-35
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=130
UNIVERSAL BUCKET COUPLERS AND
BUCKET OPTIONS
NOTE: In addition to the Universal coupler shown here,
other couplers are available through your
authorized dealer for a specific machine
manufacturer; such as Case, and Ford New
Holland.
T111029 –UN–06AUG97
The 310SE has the same pin size as the 410E, allowing
410E bucket to be used on the 310SE. This provides 190°
bucket rotation without changing bucket pin location (pin
sizes are 2.15 in. for the bucket to dipperstick and 1.96 in
for the bucket linkage to bucket). Bucket must be installed
in truck load position to prevent rod from hitting grease
fitting on top of dipperstick.
A universal coupler is available to adapt a 310SE backhoe
for use with existing Deere types of buckets. To use
coupler (A), slide front bucket pin into pin groove (B) of
coupler and attach back bucket pin through appropriate
size hole (C) in coupler, with coupler installed, the
following buckets may be used:
•
•
•
•
•
310SE and 410E Buckets
300D—510D Buckets
210C—610C Buckets
Case C, D, K and L Series Buckets
Caterpillar B-Series Buckets
35-36
TX,35,BG258
–19–29AUG97–1/2
120699
PN=131
NOTE: The E-series and C- and D-series John Deere
buckets have different rear pin positions in the
coupler.
310E buckets do not fit on this coupler.
T115740 –UN–10JUN98
To attach the coupler to a bucket, engage the hook on the
coupler with the front bucket pin. After the front pin is in
the hook, roll the bucket to the correct rear pin position.
The coupler has three rear pin holes to attach different
buckets.
A—Caterpillar
B—Deere C- and D-Series and Case
C—Deere E-Series, 410E
TX,35,BG258
35-37
–19–29AUG97–2/2
120699
PN=132
Transporting
LOADING AND UNLOADING MACHINE ON A
TRAILER
–UN–09NOV88
1. Keep trailer bed clean. Place chocks (A) against trailer
wheels.
T87155
2. Use a ramp or loading dock. Ramps must be strong
enough, have a low angle, and correct height. Load
and unload machine on a level surface.
3. Fasten seat belt before starting engine. Allow engine to
run for several minutes.
4. Place backhoe swing lock and extendible dipperstick (if
equipped) in locked position.
5. Drive the machine up ramps slowly with centerline of
machine over centerline of trailer. (See Driving the
Machine chapter for driving instructions.)
6. Lower loader bucket onto blocks or trailer bed.
7. Lower backhoe bucket to trailer bed.
8. Move FNR lever to neutral position.
FNR to keep machine from moving. Machine
can unexpectedly roll or move under power,
resulting in death or serious injury. Always
engage park brake to hold machine.
9. Engage park brake switch.
10. Run engine at 1/2 speed without load for two minutes.
11. Move speed control lever to slow idle position and
stop engine.
13. Move hydraulic control levers to release hydraulic
pressure.
40-1
TX,40,BD2123 –19–06DEC99–1/2
120699
PN=133
Transporting
14. Fasten chains or cables to machine frame at locations
(A). DO NOT place chains or cables over or against
hydraulic lines or hoses.
15. Fasten backhoe bucket with chains or cables to trailer
to prevent movement during transport.
16. Cover engine exhaust pipe opening with tape to keep
dust and rain out of pipe.
T105539 –UN–03DEC96
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible hydraulic system
damage. Fasten chains or cables to
machine at proper locations.
UNLOADING THE MACHINE FROM THE TRAILER
1. Park the trailer on a level surface.
3. Clean the trailer bed. Remove chains from the trailer
bed. Uncover engine exhaust pipe.
4. Use long ramps to unload the machine.
T106205 –UN–08JAN97
2. Place chocks against all trailer wheels.
5. Lock the brake pedals together with the pedal lock
device.
6. Fasten seat belt and face the front of the machine.
7. Start the machine and run the engine at low idle for
several minutes.
8. Raise the front bucket approximately 1 ft. and lower
the backhoe near the ground position and lock the
boom and the swing frame.
9. Release the park brake.
10. Shift to 1st. gear and drive slowly off the trailer.
TX,40,BD2123 –19–06DEC99–2/2
40-2
120699
PN=134
Transporting
TOWING
T105300 –UN–02DEC96
IMPORTANT: Engine cannot be started by towing.
Damage to transmission may result. DO
NOT tow machine faster than 10 km/h
(6.21 mph) or any longer than 1 hour.
Towing IS NOT recommended. If you MUST tow machine,
use the following procedure:
1. Turn engine off.
Access Plate Removed
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from
unexpected machine movement. Block wheels
to prevent machine movement before
disengaging park brake.
2. Block tires
3. If your machine is equipped with mechanical front
wheel drive (MFWD), remove the front axle drive shaft.
4. Move FNR and gear shift levers to neutral.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury or death from
unexpected machine movement. Only release
the park brake through the access hole in floor
of operator’s station
5. Remove access plate in floor of operator’s station.
40-3
TX,40,BD2124 –19–07OCT96–1/2
120699
PN=135
Transporting
6. Release park brake for tow by turning cap screws (A)
completely in. Loosen hex nuts (B) to adjust park brake
screws (A).
7. Remove blocks from tires.
8. When towing is completed, enable park brake to hold
machine by turning both cap screws out to
specification (C) as illustrated.
T102654 –UN–17DEC96
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to park brake
assembly from heat build-up, brake
must be manually disengaged.
Cap Screw—Specification
Position from Housing ................................... 27 + 1 mm (1.06 + 0.04 in.)
T102655 –UN–10SEP96
Lock cap screws with hex nuts (B).
9. Close access plate when complete.
TX,40,BD2124 –19–07OCT96–2/2
40-4
120699
PN=136
DIESEL FUEL
content less than 0.05% is preferred.
• If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5%
is used, reduce the service interval for engine oil
and filter by 50%.
• DO NOT use diesel fuel with sulfur content greater
than 1.0%.
Consult your local fuel distributor for properties of the
diesel fuel available in your area.
In general, diesel fuels are blended to satisfy the low
temperature requirements of the geographical area in
which they are marketed. Recommended standard
grades are:
• Use Grade No. 1-D fuel at temperatures from -30 to
+30°C (-22 to +86°F).
• Use Grade No. 2-D fuel at temperatures from -10 to
+50°C (+14 to +122°F).
Diesel fuels meeting Military Specification VV-F-800E
are preferred.
If diesel fuel specified to ASTM D975 is used, the fuel
must meet the following properties:
• Cetane Number 40 minimum. Cetane number
greater than 50 is preferred, especially for
temperatures below -20°C (-4°F) or elevations above
1500 m (5000 ft).
• Cold Filter Plugging Point (CFPP) below the
expected low temperature OR Cloud Point at least
5°C (9°F) below the expected low temperature
• Sulfur content:
• Sulfur content should not exceed 0.5%. Sulfur
• Lubricity:
• Fuel lubricity must pass the BOCLE scuffing test
at 3300 gram minimum load level.
• If fuel of low or unknown lubricity is used, add
John Deere Premium Diesel Fuel Conditioner at
specified concentration.
Bio-diesel fuels with these properties and meeting an
appropriate specification may be used as an
alternative to petroleum-based diesel fuel.
Arctic fuels (such as Military Specification VV-F-800E,
Grade DF-A) may be used at temperatures below
-30°C (-22°F).
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. Do not fill
the fuel tank when engine is running. DO
NOT smoke while you fill the fuel tank or
service the fuel system.
TX,45,BG259
45-1
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=137
LOW SULFUR DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER
When possible, use existing fuel formulations for engines
used off-highway. This fuel will not require any additives
to provide good performance and engine reliability.
However, many local fuel distributors will not carry both
low and regular sulfur diesel fuels.
If the local fuel distributor will supply only low sulfur fuel,
order and use John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER. It provides lubricating properties along
with other useful benefits, such as cetane improver,
anti-oxidant, fuel stabilizer, corrosion inhibitor and others.
John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is
specifically for use with low sulfur fuels. Nearly all other
diesel fuel conditioners only improve cold weather flow
and stabilizer long-term fuel storage. They do not contain
the lubrication additives needed by rotary fuel injection
pumps.
TX,45,BG348 –19–01OCT97–1/1
45-2
120699
PN=138
DIESEL FUEL STORAGE
Proper fuel storage is critically important. Use clean
storage and transfer tanks. Periodically drain water and
sediment from bottom of tank. Store fuel in a convenient
place away from buildings.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT store diesel fuel in galvanized
containers. Diesel fuel stored in
galvanized containers reacts with zinc
coating on container to form zinc
flakes. If fuel contains water, a zinc gel
will also form. The gel and flakes will
quickly plug fuel filters, damage
injection nozzles and injection pump.
DO NOT use brass-coated containers
for fuel storage. Brass is an alloy of
copper and zinc.
Store diesel fuel in plastic, aluminum, and steel containers
specially coated for diesel fuel storage.
Avoid storing fuel over long periods of time. If fuel is
stored for more than a month prior to use, or there is a
slow turnover in fuel tank or supply tank, add a fuel
conditioner such as John Deere PREMIUM DIESEL FUEL
CONDITIONER or equivalent to stabilize the fuel and
prevent water condensation. John Deere PREMIUM
DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER is available in winter and
summer formulas. Fuel conditioner also reduces fuel
gelling and controls wax separation during cold weather.
Consult your John Deere engine distributor or servicing
dealer for recommendations and local availability. Always
follow manufacturer’s directions on label.
TX,45,BG313 –19–29SEP97–1/1
45-3
120699
PN=139
STORING FUEL
If there is a very slow turnover of fuel in the fuel tank or
supply tank, it may be necessary to add a fuel conditioner
to prevent water condensation. Contact your John Deere
dealer for proper service or maintenance
recommendations.
DX,FUEL –19–03MAR93–1/1
DO NOT USE GALVANIZED CONTAINERS
Store fuel in:
IMPORTANT: Diesel fuel stored in galvanized
containers reacts with zinc coating
on the container to form flakes. If
fuel contains water, a zinc gel will
also form. The gel and flakes will
quickly plug fuel filters and damage
fuel injectors and pumps.
• plastic containers.
• aluminum containers.
• specially coated steel containers made for diesel
fuel.
DO NOT USE brass-coated containers: brass is an
alloy of copper and zinc.
DO NOT USE a galvanized container to store diesel
fuel.
MX,FLBT,C –19–04JUN90–1/1
CAUTION: Handle fuel carefully. If the engine is
hot or running, DO NOT fill fuel tank. DO NOT
smoke while you fill fuel tank or work on fuel
system.
To avoid condensation, fill the fuel tank at the end of each
day’s operation. Shut off engine before filling.
Fuel Tank—Specification
FUEL TANK
Capacity ............................................................................... 106 L (112 qt)
TX,45,BD2125 –19–06MAY98–1/1
45-4
120699
PN=140
DIESEL ENGINE OIL
Use oil viscosity based on the expected air temperature
range during the period between oil changes.
The following oil is preferred:
• John Deere PLUS-50
The following oil is also recommended:
Other oils may be used if they meet one or more of the
following:
API Service Classification CG-4
API Service Classification CF-4
ACEA Specification E3
ACEA Specification E2
TS1661
•
•
•
•
–UN–10OCT97
• John Deere TORQ-GARD SUPREME TORQ-GARD
SUPREME
Multi-viscosity diesel engine oils are preferred.
If diesel fuel with sulfur content greater than 0.5% is used,
reduce the service interval by 50%.
Extended service intervals may apply when John Deere
preferred engine oils are used. Consult your John Deere
dealer for more information.
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company.
TORQ-GARD SUPREME is a trademark of Deere & Company
DX,ENOIL
45-5
–19–10OCT97–1/1
120699
PN=141
T103849 –19–19SEP96
TRANSMISSION, AXLES AND MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE OIL
Depending on the expected air temperature range
between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the
chart above.
You may also use oils which meet minimum John
Deere standards, or other oils meeting John Deere
Standard JDM J20C and J20D.
JOHN DEERE HY-GARD TRANSMISSION AND
HYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it is
specifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, and
to provide maximum protection against mechanical
wear.
Oils meeting MIL-L-46167A may be used as arctic oil.
HY-GARD is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
TX,45,BD2126 –19–07OCT96–1/1
45-6
120699
PN=142
T103848 –19–19SEP96
HYDRAULIC OIL
Depending on the expected air temperature range
between oil changes, use oil viscosity shown on the
chart above.
You may also use oils which meet minimum John
Deere standards, or other oils meeting John Deere
Standard JDM J20C and J20D.
JOHN DEERE HY-GARD TRANSMISSION AND
HYDRAULIC OIL IS RECOMMENDED because it is
specifically formulated to minimize brake chatter, and
to provide maximum protection against mechanical
wear.
Oils meeting MIL-L-46167A may be used as arctic oil.
TX,45,BD2127 –19–07OCT96–1/1
45-7
120699
PN=143
T6722AA –19–27JAN89
GREASE
• SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure
(EP) performance and containing 3 to 5 per cent
molybdenum disulfide
• SAE multi-purpose EP Grease
• Grease meeting MIL-G-10924C specifications may
be used as arctic grease.
Depending on the expected air temperature range, use
grease shown on chart above.
Greases recommended are:
• John Deere Moly High Temperature/EP Grease
(Preferred)
02T,45,C49
–19–01AUG94–1/1
GREASE FOR EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK,
SIDESHIFT FRAME, AND STABILIZER LEG
WEAR STRIPS
SAE Multipurpose Grease with Extreme Pressure (EP)
performance and containing 3 to 5 per cent molybdenum
disulfide (preferred).
TX,45,BD1972 –19–24SEP96–1/1
45-8
120699
PN=144
ALTERNATIVE AND SYNTHETIC
LUBRICANTS
Conditions in certain geographical areas may require
lubricant recommendations different from those printed in
this manual.
Some John Deere brand coolants and lubricants may not
be available in your location.
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain information and
recommendations.
Synthetic lubricants may be used if they meet the
performance requirements as shown in this manual.
The temperature limits and service intervals shown in this
manual apply to both conventional and synthetic oils.
Re-refined base stock products may be used if the
finished lubricant meets the performance requirements.
DX,ALTER –19–18MAR96–1/1
LUBRICANT STORAGE
Your equipment can operate at top efficiency only
when clean lubricants are used.
Make certain that all containers are properly marked to
identify their contents.
Use clean containers to handle all lubricants.
Properly dispose of all old containers and any residual
lubricant they may contain.
Whenever possible, store lubricants and containers in
an area protected from dust, moisture, and other
contamination. Store containers on their side to avoid
water and dirt accumulation.
DX,LUBST –19–18MAR96–1/1
45-9
120699
PN=145
MIXING OF LUBRICANTS
In general, avoid mixing different brands or types of oil.
Oil manufacturers blend additives in their oils to meet
certain specifications and performance requirements.
Consult your John Deere dealer to obtain specific
information and recommendations.
Mixing different oils can interfere with the proper
functioning of these additives and degrade lubricant
performance.
DX,LUBMIX –19–18MAR96–1/1
45-10
120699
PN=146
ATTACH DO NOT OPERATE TAG
T7447AO
–19–22APR91
CAUTION: To prevent serious injury or death by
unexpected machine movement, attach a DO
NOT OPERATE tag to front of monitor to alert
others of service work being performed.
TX,50,BD1954 –19–20SEP96–1/1
Lubricate and make service checks and adjustments at
intervals shown on the periodic maintenance charts (A)
and in the maintenance chapters.
Perform service on items at multiples of the original
requirement. For example, at 500 hours also service those
items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours,
and 10 hours or daily.
T105302 –UN–20NOV96
SERVICE YOUR MACHINE AT SPECIFIED
INTERVALS
Intervals shown on charts and in this manual are for
normal conditions. If operating in difficult conditions,
service at shorter intervals.
TX,50,BD2128 –19–07OCT96–1/1
50-1
120699
PN=147
CHECK HOUR METER REGULARLY
T102669 –UN–14AUG96
Check hour meter (A) to determine when your machine
needs periodic maintenance.
Tachometer/Hourmeter
TX,50,BD2129 –19–07OCT96–1/1
AVOID MUD BUILD-UP
A clean machine is easier to service. Clean the following
areas as required, especially when mud begins to build
up.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Stabilizer hoses going through main frame
Between rear tires and fenders
Backhoe cylinders
Backhoe pivot points and hoses
Loader cylinders, pivot points and hoses
Front axle kingpins
TX,50,BD2130 –19–07OCT96–1/1
USE CORRECT FUELS AND LUBRICANTS
IMPORTANT: To prevent machine damage when
servicing your machine, use correct
fuels and lubricants. (See Fuels and
TX,50,BD2131 –19–07OCT96–1/1
50-2
120699
PN=148
PREPARE MACHINE FOR MAINTENANCE—
WITH MANUAL TRANSMISSION
–UN–26NOV90
Before performing procedures in the maintenance
chapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park the
machine as described below unless another position is
specified.
TS1133
IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste can
threaten the environment and ecology.
Potentially harmful waste used with
John Deere equipment includes such
items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,
filters, and batteries. Do not pour waste
onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
T105361 –UN–22NOV96
2. Lower front loader to ground and lock backhoe in
transport position.
3. Move gear shift (A) and FNR (B) levers to neutral.
4. Engage park brake with switch (C).
T102144 –UN–17DEC96
5. Move engine speed control lever (D) to 1/2 speed and
run without load for 2 minutes.
6. Move speed control to low idle, turn key to OFF and
remove from switch.
pressure.
B—FNR Lever
CED,OUO1040,75 –19–13MAY98–1/1
50-3
120699
PN=149
PREPARE MACHINE FOR MAINTENANCE—
WITH POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION
–UN–26NOV90
Before performing procedures in the maintenance
chapters and before leaving the operator’s seat, park the
machine as described below unless another position is
specified.
TS1133
IMPORTANT: Improperly disposing of waste can
threaten the environment and ecology.
Potentially harmful waste used with
John Deere equipment includes such
items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,
filters, and batteries. Do not pour waste
onto the ground, down a drain, or into
any water source.
T115364 –UN–15MAY98
2. Lower front loader to ground and lock backhoe in
transport position.
3. Move FNR/Range lever (A) to neutral.
T115365 –UN–15MAY98
4. Engage park brake with switch (B).
5. Move engine speed control lever (C) to 1/2 speed and
run without load for 2 minutes.
6. Move speed control to low idle, turn key to OFF and
remove from switch.
pressure.
A—FNR/Range Lever
C—Engine Speed Control Lever
CED,OUO1040,76 –19–13MAY98–1/1
50-4
120699
PN=150
LOADER BOOM SERVICE LOCK
Use front boom lock channel when front loader must be
raised for service procedures. To lock front boom in up
position:
1. Empty loader bucket and place in dump position.
2. Raise boom until lock channel can fit over cylinder rod.
3. Stop engine and lower channel over cylinder rod.
T102680 –UN–26AUG96
4. Lower boom until it is stopped by lock channel.
5. Place with pin and cotter pin back in mounting hole for
storage.
To return front boom to storage position:
1. Start engine and raise boom slightly to remove
pressure from lock channel.
Boom Locked
2. Remove pin and cotter pin from lock.
3. Lift lock channel up so tab is positioned through hole in
boom arm.
T102679 –UN–26AUG96
4. Retain in storage position with pin and cotter pin.
Boom Lock—Storage
TX,50,BD1955 –19–20SEP96–1/1
50-5
120699
PN=151
OPENING AND CLOSING ACCESS DOORS
T102686 –UN–14AUG96
T105303 –UN–20NOV96
Open service access doors by turning handle (A).
TX,50,BD2133 –19–07OCT96–1/1
50-6
120699
PN=152
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR RECORD
KEEPING SYSTEM
The checklist on the following pages summarizes
scheduled maintenance, and parts and oil required at
each maintenance interval.
Use the checklist to:
• remind you to perform machine maintenance at
specified intervals to minimize downtime.
• calculate cost of machine operation and ownership
allowing you to make better job estimates.
• place yourself in a stronger position at trade-in time.
• satisfy your SECURE contract requirements.
T6828AA –19–03APR89
As maintenance is performed, check off each item on the
list and record date and hour meter reading. Use the
second (perforated) copy of this form in the Checklists
chapter.
Do not tear out or mark on Checklist in the Periodic
Maintenance chapter. Keep it to make extra copies.
CED,OUO1040,41 –19–06MAY98–1/1
50-7
120699
PN=153
T111411 –UN–16SEP97
T111410 –UN–16SEP97
OILSCAN PLUS, COOLSCAN PLUS,DIESELSCAN AND 3-WAY COOLANT TEST KIT
3-Way Coolant Test Kit
Oilscan Plus
Oilscan Plus, Coolscan Plus, Dieselscan and 3-Way
Coolant Test Kits are John Deere fluid sampling
products to help you monitor machine performance
and system condition. The objective of a fluid sampling
program is to insure machine availability when you
need it and to reduce repair costs by identifying
potential problems before they become critical.
and/or fluid change interval. Certain systems require
more frequent sampling. Consult your John Deere
dealer on a maintenance program for your specific
application. Your dealer has the sampling products and
expertise to assist you in lowering your overall
operating costs through fluid sampling.
Oil and coolant samples should be taken from each
system on a periodic basis, usually prior to a filter
Oilscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
Coolscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CED,OUO1040,114
50-8
–19–23NOV99–1/1
120699
PN=154
KEEPING SYSTEM
BREAK-IN SERVICE INTERVALS
Break-in service is required for your machine at intervals shown in chapter 15. Refer to chapter 15 during the first 100 hours of machine
operation. After 100 hours refer to service intervals in chapter 50.
SERVICE INTERVALS AFTER BREAK-IN
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
• Check belt tension
• Grease side shift frame—315SE
• Drain water from fuel tank
• Grease stabilizer leg wear strips—315SE
• Check tire pressure
• Grease extendible dipperstick
• Check and adjust boom lock
• Grease non-powered front wheel bearings
• Clean cab fresh air and recirculation filters
• Grease MFWD driveshaft spline
Every 10 Hours or Daily
• Check engine oil level
• Grease backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends
• Grease loader pivot points
• Grease front axle and steering cylinder pivots
• Grease MFWD driveshaft U-joints (S.N.—881150)
• Grease MFWD front axle U-joints
• Grease stabilizers and pivots
• Grease backhoe pivot points
Weekly
• Check coolant level
TX,50,BG261
50-9
–19–29NOV99–1/1
120699
PN=155
REQUIRED PARTS
Insure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.
Description
Part Number
ASI
Engine Oil Filter
RE59754
Fuel Filter
RE62418
Hydraulic Reservoir
Breather Filter
AT101565
Hydraulic Oil Filter
AT144879
1
PLUS-50 Oil:
TY6389
8.5 L (9 qt)
Transmission Filter
AT179323
1
1
250
Hours
500
Hours
1000
Hours
2000 Hours
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8.5 L (9 qt)
1
1
1
8.5 L (9 qt)
8.5 L (9 qt)
8.5 L (9 qt)
1
1
HY-GARD Transmission
and Hydraulic Oil:
Transmission
TY6354 gal.
14 L (16 qt)
14 L (16 qt)
Hydraulic System
TY6354 gal.
37 L (39 qt)
37 L (39 qt)
MFWD
TY6354 gal.
6.5 L (8.0 qt)
6.5 L (8.0
qt)
Rear Axle (S.N. —
854673)
13 L (14 qt)
13 L (14 qt)
Rear Axle (S.N.
851674—)
16 L (17 qt)
16 L (17 qt)
Coolant Conditioner
TY16004
As Needed
As Needed
As Needed
As Needed
Diesel Engine Oil
AT178840
1
1
1
1
Transmission Oil
and Gearbox/Axle
AT178844
2
2
2
Hydraulic Oil Tank
AT178844
1
1
1
1
1
1
Oilscan Plus Kits:
Cab Fresh Air Filter
AT141209
As Needed
Cab Recirculation Filter
T158848
As Needed
3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant
Test Kit
TY16175
0
Air Filter (Primary)
AT171853
1
1
Air Filter (Secondary)
AT171854
1
1
CoolScan Plus Kit (Ten
samples per kit)
AT183016
1
1
Dieselscan
Diesel Fuel Analysis (Six
samples per kit)
AT180344
1
1

1
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CoolScan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CED,OUO1040,44 –19–06MAY98–1/1
50-10
120699
PN=156
KEEPING SYSTEM
Model: ❒ 310SE
PIN/Serial Number:
Model: ❒ 315SE
Customer:
Delivery Date:
Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000
hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information
you supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.
❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level
❒ Check rear axle oil level
❒ Check battery electrolyte level and terminals
❒ Check hydraulic reservoir oil level
Comments:
Every 250 Hours
❒ Check transmission oil level
❒ Change engine oil and replace filter
❒ Check MFWD front wheel planetary housing oil level
Date:
Maintenance Performed By:
❒ Check air intake hoses
❒ Replace hydraulic system oil filter
❒ Check boom-to-dipper pin bolt torque
Every 500 Hours
❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather
❒ Replace fuel filter
❒ Check coolant and add conditioner as needed
Comments:
Date:
❒
❒
❒
❒
❒
Change MFWD front axle housing oil—If equipped
Clean, pack, and adjust non-power front wheel bearings
Check and adjust engine speed control linkage
Change rear axle oil
Replace transmission oil filter
Every 1000 Hours
❒ Change hydraulic reservoir oil
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube
❒ Change transmission and torque converter oil
❒ Change MFWD planetary housing oil
❒ Replace air filter elements
Comments:
Date:
Hour Meter Reading:
Every 2000 Hours
❒ Adjust engine valve lash
Comments:
Date:
Hour Meter Reading:
CED,OUO1040,53 –19–11MAY98–1/1
50-11
120699
PN=157
INSPECT BELT
T103850 –UN–17SEP96
Check belt (A) for wear and damage. See your authorized
dealer for replacement.
TX,55,BD1957 –19–20SEP96–1/1
DRAIN FUEL TANK WATER AND SEDIMENT
1. Loosen plug (A) on rear of fuel tank until fuel flows for
several seconds, to remove water and sediment.
T105806 –UN–16DEC96
2. Tighten plug.
TX,55,BD2137 –19–07OCT96–1/1
55-1
120699
PN=158
CHECK TIRE PRESSURE
CAUTION: Explosive separation of a tire and
rim parts can cause serious injury or death.
Only attempt to mount a tire if you have the
proper equipment and experience to perform
the job. Have it done by your John Deere dealer
or a qualified repair service.
When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and
extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over
the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.
Inspect tires and wheels daily. DO NOT operate
with low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged
rims, or missing lug bolts and nuts.
Always maintain the correct tire pressure. DO
NOT inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. NEVER cut or weld on an inflated tire
or rim assembly, rim, or rim parts. Heat from
welding could cause an increase in pressure
and may result in a tire explosion.
Check tire pressure with an accurate gauge having 6.9
kPa (0.07 bar) (1 psi) graduations. If tires contain liquid
ballast, use a special air-water gauge and measure with
valve stem at bottom.
When inflating tires be sure to lock air chuck to valve
stem and stand to front or rear of tire. (See Tire Inflation
Pressures in this chapter or in the Specifications chapter.
TX,55,BD2138 –19–07OCT96–1/1
55-2
120699
PN=159
TIRE INFLATION PRESSURES
NOTE: Shipping pressure may not be same as operating
pressure. You may change tire pressures to suit
working condition according to tire manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Pressure
Tire Size (Front)
kPa
(bar)
(psi)
11 L x 15
8 PR F3
306
(3.0)
(44)
11 L x 16
12 PR F3
441
(4.4)
(64)
12.5/80-18
(MFWD)
10 PR
414
(4.1)
(60)
Tire Size (Rear)
19.5 L x 24
8 PR R4
165
(1.7)
(24)
16.9 x 24
8 PR R4
193
(1.9)
(28)
16.9 x 28
8 PR R4
193
(1.9)
(28)
TX,55,BG314 –19–29SEP97–1/1
CHECKING WHEEL FASTENERS
Standard axle
136 +20 -27
(100 +15 -20)
MFWD axle
300 +110 -40
(221 +81 -29)
Rear axle:
N•m
(lb-ft)
495 ±99
(365 ±73)
Standard axle
T6000AU
(lb-ft)
–UN–21OCT88
N•m
T87507
Front axle:
–UN–18OCT88
Tighten wheel cap screws and fasteners.
TX,90,DH1383 –19–06MAY98–1/1
55-3
120699
PN=160
LOADER BOOM SERVICE LOCK
Use lock channel when front loader must be raised for
service procedures. To lock front boom in up position:
1. Empty loader bucket and place in dump position.
2. Raise boom until lock channel can fit over cylinder rod.
3. Stop engine and lower channel over cylinder rod.
4. Lower boom until it is stopped by lock channel.
T102680 –UN–26AUG96
5. Place pin and cotter pin back in mounting hole for
storage.
To return front boom to storage position:
1. Start engine and raise boom slightly to remove
pressure from lock channel.
Boom Locked
2. Remove pin and cotter pin from lock.
3. Lift lock channel up so tab is positioned through hole in
boom arm.
T102679 –UN–26AUG96
4. Retain in storage position with pin and cotter pin.
Boom Lock—Storage
EX,55,BG88
55-4
–19–04DEC96–1/1
120699
PN=161
CHECK AND ADJUST BOOM LOCK—310SE
CHECK:
T102741 –UN–14AUG96
1. Raise boom against stops (A) so it is in locked
position.
2. Using boom lock lever in cab (see Operator’s Station
chapter for location), cycle from locked to unlocked
position a few times and adjust as follows if necessary.
ADJUST:
Locked Position
IMPORTANT: To avoid damage to lock, adjust lock so
it is able to pass through full range of
motion. Lock must go down to post (E)
and up to stops (A).
T105667 –UN–11DEC96
NOTE: Boom lock is not shim adjustable.
1. Remove pin (B) from lock.
2. With boom locked, adjust position of eyelet (C) so it is
aligned with mounting hole.
3. Tighten jam nut (D) to hold eyelet in adjusted position.
A—Stops
B—Pin
C—Eyelet
D—Jam Nut
E—Post
CED,OUO1040,119
55-5
–19–20MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=162
CLEAN CAB AIR FILTERS
2. Remove recirculating air filter (B) and fresh air filter
(C). Inspect filters for cleanliness. Replace filters if
damaged.
CAUTION: Reduce compressed air to less than
210 kPa (2.10 bar) (30 psi) when using for
cleaning purposes. Clear area of bystanders,
guard against flying debris, and wear personal
protection equipment, including eye protection.
T102744 –UN–14AUG96
1. Open filter access compartment (A).
3. Clean filter(s) using one of the following methods:
T102745 –UN–16AUG96
• Direct compressed air opposite normal air flow.
• Tap filters on a flat surface with dirty side down.
• Wash in warm, soapy water and flush. Let filter(s)
dry before reinstalling.
4. Install filters and close filter access compartment.
TX,55,BD2141 –19–07OCT96–1/1
INSPECT AND CLEAN HYDRAULIC
RESERVOIR FILL SCREEN
T105819 –UN–16DEC96
Remove cap (A) from filler tube. Inspect hydraulic
reservoir fill screen and clean as necessary.
EX,55,BG161 –19–18DEC96–1/1
55-6
120699
PN=163
LUBRICATE SIDE SHIFT FRAME—315SE
1. Clean rails as necessary.
T105547 –UN–04DEC96
2. Lubricate contact area on rails. (See Fuels and
EX,55,BG89
–19–04DEC96–1/1
EX,55,BG90
–19–04DEC96–1/1
LUBRICATE STABILIZER LEG WEAR
STRIPS—315SE
T105548 –UN–04DEC96
Fully extend stabilizers and apply grease to each stabilizer
leg. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
55-7
120699
PN=164
LUBRICATE EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK—IF
EQUIPPED
T103638 –UN–07SEP96
NOTE: Avoid excessive grease on dipperstick. A thin film
provides adequate lubrication.
Lubricate extendible dipperstick with a low pressure
grease gun. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for proper
type of grease.)
T103857 –UN–18SEP96
1 Point
3 Points
TX,55,BD2144 –19–07OCT96–1/1
T115494B
Lower backhoe to ground with full extension. Paint grease
on side rails as necessary. (See Fuels and Lubricants
chapter for proper type of grease.)
–UN–19MAY98
LUBRICATE EXTENDIBLE DIPPERSTICK
SIDE RAILS—IF EQUIPPED
TX,55,BG286 –19–22SEP97–1/1
55-8
120699
PN=165
LUBRICATE FRONT WHEEL BEARINGS—
NON-POWERED
T6000AK –UN–18OCT88
IMPORTANT: When machine is used in mud, lubricate
daily.
1. Remove plug and install lubrication fitting.
2. Grease with approximately five low pressure strokes of
grease. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for
recommended type of grease.)
3. Remove lubrication fitting and install plug.
TX,55,BD2143 –19–07OCT96–1/1
LUBRICATE MFWD DRIVESHAFT — IF
EQUIPPED
T125640B
–UN–08NOV99
Apply grease to lubrication fitting (1) until it escapes from
joint. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for recommended
type of grease.)
CED,TX03768,2667
55-9
–19–08NOV99–1/1
120699
PN=166
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
T105305 –UN–20NOV96
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage. DO
NOT run engine when oil level is below
the ADD mark.
The most accurate oil level reading is obtained when
engine is cold before operation.
1. Park machine on a level surface, stop engine and
engage park brake.
2. Remove dipstick (A) and check oil level.
AFTER THE ENGINE HAS BEEN RUN: Allow oil to drain
into oil pan for 10 minutes before checking the oil level.
Ten minutes after shutdown, oil level must be above the
ADD mark.
3. Remove filler cap (B) and add oil as necessary. (See
Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
RG5421 –UN–15DEC88
BEFORE THE ENGINE IS STARTED: Engine is full when
oil level is within cross hatched area (C). It is acceptable
to run engine as long as oil level is above the ADD mark.
TX,60,BD2145 –19–07OCT96–1/1
60-1
120699
PN=167
T102791 –UN–22AUG96
LUBRICATE LOADER PIVOTS
T102792 –UN–18SEP96
4 Points
T102796 –UN–22AUG96
T102793 –UN–26AUG96
10 Points
2 Points
2 Points
Apply grease to lubrication fittings until it escapes from
joint. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for
recommended type of grease.)
TX,60,BD2146 –19–07OCT96–1/1
60-2
120699
PN=168
LUBRICATE MFWD FRONT AXLE
UNIVERSAL JOINTS—IF EQUIPPED
NOTE: Machines after the serial number break have
universal joints that are sealed in grease. No
greasing is necessary.
T102816 –UN–22AUG96
type of grease.)
2 Points—Right Side Shown
TX,60,BG309 –19–29OCT99–1/1
type of grease.)
T102795 –UN–18SEP96
LUBRICATE STABILIZERS AND
CYLINDERS—310SE
TX,60,BD1958 –19–07OCT96–1/1
60-3
120699
PN=169
LUBRICATE BACKHOE
T102807 –UN–26AUG96
type of grease.)
T105545 –UN–04DEC96
9 Points—310SE
9 Points—315SE Shown
60-4
TX,60,BD2148 –19–07OCT96–1/2
120699
PN=170
T102809 –UN–26AUG96
T102808 –UN–06SEP96
5 Points
11 Points
TX,60,BD2148 –19–07OCT96–2/2
60-5
120699
PN=171
LUBRICATE FRONT AXLE STEERING—
NON-POWERED
T102811 –UN–22AUG96
T102810 –UN–26AUG96
type of grease.)
TX,60,BD2149 –19–07OCT96–1/1
60-6
120699
PN=172
Maintenance—Weekly
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot
spraying coolant. Remove radiator cap only
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Then cap slowly to stop so pressure is released
from system before removing cap.
1. With engine cold, coolant level must be between HOT
and COLD marks on recovery tank (A).
2. If coolant is below COLD mark, add coolant to
recovery tank.
CHECK COOLANT LEVEL
3. If recovery tank is empty, check for leaks and repair as
necessary. Add coolant to radiator (B) and recovery
tank. Coolant level must be at bottom of filler neck.
T102749 –UN–14AUG96
NOTE: If recovery tank is full and radiator is low, check
for leaks on radiator and hose connections.
TX,65,BD2151 –19–07OCT96–1/1
T105306 –UN–20NOV96
type of grease.)
T102817 –UN–22AUG96
LUBRICATE MFWD DRIVESHAFT
UNIVERSAL JOINTS (S.N.—881151)—IF
EQUIPPED
TX,60,BD2147 –19–03DEC99–1/1
65-1
120699
PN=173
CHECK MFWD AXLE OIL—IF EQUIPPED
1. Remove plug (A) to check oil level. Oil should be filled
to bottom of plug.
T102819 –UN–22AUG96
NOTE: MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at the
factory. If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill
to proper level.
2. Add oil as necessary through plug hole. (See Fuels
and Lubricants chapter for type of oil.)
3. Install plug.
TX,75,BD2152 –19–06MAY98–1/1
CHECK REAR AXLE OIL LEVEL
1. Remove plug (A) from axle and check oil level.
T104867 –UN–22NOV96
2. If oil is not level to bottom of hole, add oil. (See Fuels
and Lubricants chapter for type of oil.)
CED,OUO1040,103
75-1
–19–14MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=174
CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
AND TERMINALS
CAUTION: Battery gas can explode. Keep
sparks and flames away from batteries. Use a
flashlight to check battery electrolyte level.
NEVER check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or
hydrometer.
ALWAYS remove grounded (-) battery clamp
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.
It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is
added.
4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15—30
minutes. Get medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do
not exceed 1.9 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
1. Remove battery box cover.
75-2
TX,75,DH1574
–19–28APR93–1/3
120699
PN=175
–UN–10FEB89
IMPORTANT: If water is added to batteries during
freezing weather, batteries must be
charged after water is added to prevent
batteries from freezing. Charge battery
using a battery charger or by running
the engine.
T6996DB
2. Fill each cell to within specified range with distilled
water. DO NOT overfill.
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury. ALWAYS
remove grounded (—) battery clamp first and
replace it last.
T6996DA
–UN–10FEB89
3. Disconnect battery clamps, grounded clamp first.
A—Battery Post
B—Fill Tube
C—Electrolyte Level Range
TX,75,DH1574
–19–28APR93–2/3
TX,75,DH1574
–19–28APR93–3/3
4. Clean battery terminals (A) and clamps with a stiff
brush.
–UN–21OCT88
5. Apply lubricating grease (B) around battery terminal
base only.
T6758AA
6. Install and tighten clamps, grounded clamp last.
75-3
120699
PN=176
CHECK HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR OIL
LEVEL
NOTE: Check hydraulic oil level with machine parked on
a level surface. Check before starting engine, with
backhoe and stabilizers in transport position, and
loader bucket lowered to ground.
Sightglass decal has a scale for proper level of
oil.
1. Check oil level in sight glass (A). Oil level should be in
mid-range of decal.
2. If oil is below operating range in “add” range, remove
filler cap (B) and add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants
chapter for proper type of hydraulic oil.
T103090 –UN–16AUG96
Check when oil is cool.
3. Install filler cap.
TX,75,BG315 –19–29SEP97–1/1
75-4
120699
PN=177
CHECK TRANSMISSION OIL LEVEL
unexpected machine movement. Never rely on
2. Engage park brake.
3. Move gear shifter and FNR lever to neutral.
T103096 –UN–16AUG96
1. Park Machine on level surface.
4. Start engine and run at slow idle for three minutes to
warm transmission oil.
5. With engine running at slow idle, turn dipstick handle
(A) counterclockwise and remove.
NOTE: Normal hot oil can be above full mark.
6. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operating
range, add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
7. Install dipstick and turn clockwise to tighten. Close side
service door.
TX,75,BD2155 –19–07OCT96–1/1
75-5
120699
PN=178
CHANGE ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
T103019 –UN–06SEP96
IMPORTANT: If fuel sulfur content exceeds 0.5
percent, change engine oil at 1/2 the
normal interval.
If engine has not run 250 hours before
the season changes, change oil.
1. Run engine to warm oil. Park machine on a level
surface, set park brake and stop engine. (See Prepare
Machine for Maintenance in Periodic Maintenance
chapter.)
2. Remove drain plug (A). Allow oil to drain. Dispose of
waste oil properly.
Engine Oil—Specification
T103025 –UN–06SEP96
Capacity ................................................................................. 8.5 L (9.0 qt)
3. Using a suitable filter wrench, turn filter (B)
counterclockwise and remove from base. Clean
mounting surfaces of base as necessary.
4. Apply a thin film of oil to sealing on new filter and
install by turning new filter clockwise by hand until
gasket touches mounting surface. Then torque an
additional 1/2—3/4 turn with wrench.
5. Install drain plug.
T103023 –UN–16AUG96
6. Remove filler cap (C) and fill engine with oil to
specification. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for
proper type of oil to use.)
75-6
TX,75,BG264
–19–06MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=179
IMPORTANT: Before starting engine after a filter
change, crank engine for ten seconds
without starting to refill filter and
pre-lubricate turbocharger.
T103024 –UN–16AUG96
7. Disconnect fuel shutoff connector (D) to keep engine
from starting and crank for ten seconds.
8. Connect fuel shutoff, start engine and run at a slow
idle. If engine oil pressure light on monitor does not go
out and alarm shutoff, stop engine immediately and
find the cause.
9. Stop engine, check for leaks around drain plug and
filter and tighten filter as necessary. Check oil level.
(See Check Engine Oil Level in Maintenance—Every
10 Hours or Daily chapter.)
TX,75,BG264
–19–06MAY98–2/2
CHECK MFWD PLANETARY HOUSING OIL—
IF EQUIPPED
NOTE: MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at the
factory. If oil level is low, use HY-GARD oil to fill
to proper level.
2. Remove plug and check that oil is filled to bottom of
plug hole.
T105325 –UN–21NOV96
1. Rotate housing until OIL LEVEL line (B) is horizontal
and fill plug (A) is above line as shown.
3. Add oil to plug hole if necessary. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter for proper type of oil.)
4. Install plug.
5. Repeat procedure for opposite side wheel.
TX,75,BD2157 –19–07OCT96–1/1
75-7
120699
PN=180
CHECK AIR INTAKE HOSE
NOTE: Air intake hose is located at back side of air
cleaner housing and extends to turbocharger.
1. Remove engine side shields and open top access
door.
2. Check hose (A) for cracks and replace as necessary.
3. Check for loose connections and tighten clamps as
necessary.
T105744 –UN–08JAN97
4. Install side shields.
TX,80,BD2158 –19–07OCT96–1/1
REPLACE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL FILTER
1. Turn filter (A) counterclockwise and remove.
2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new filter, install until
it touches mounting surface and tighten an additional
3/4 to one turn with a suitable wrench.
4. Start engine and run for 2 minutes to allow filter
element to refill and purge air from charge circuit.
5. Stop the engine and check hydraulic oil level. (See
Check Hydraulic Oil Level in Maintenance—Every 250
Hours.)
T103111 –UN–06SEP96
3. Check hydraulic oil level.
6. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter just
enough to stop leaks.
TX,80,BD2159 –19–07OCT96–1/1
80-1
120699
PN=181
CHECK BOOM-TO-DIPPER PIN TORQUE
Check boom-to-dipper pin (A) for proper torque. Torque
bolt to specification.
T103370 –UN–27AUG96
Boom-To-Dipper Pin Bolt—Specification
Torque ......................................................................... 620 N•m (460 lb-ft)
CED,OUO1040,120
–19–20MAY98–1/1
REPLACE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
BREATHER
Be sure to position breather in original position to
avoid dripping oil.
Remove existing reservoir breather (A) and replace.
T103091 –UN–16AUG96
NOTE: Hydraulic reservoir breather is located under top
right side of hood.
TX,80,BD2160 –19–07OCT96–1/1
80-2
120699
PN=182
REPLACE FUEL FILTER
NOTE: Dispose of waste properly.
T103117 –UN–16AUG96
1. Turn retaining ring (A) counterclockwise and remove
filter element (B). Allow sediment to drain into a
container.
2. Remove fuel drain knob (C) from filter element and
install to new filter.
3. Clean filter base (D).
NOTE: Do not attempt to turn filter element into base.
T7896AJ –UN–25NOV92
4. Install new fuel element by aligning vertical locators (F)
into slots (E) on filter base. Push filter element up
firmly until filter snaps against base.
5. Turn retaining ring clockwise into filter base until
retaining ring clicks tightly into place.
6. Loosen bleed screw (G) by turning knob
counterclockwise.
7. Operate primer lever (H) until fuel flow from bleed
screw is free of air bubbles.
T103124 –UN–19AUG96
NOTE: If there is no fuel flow, push primer lever toward
engine and turn crankshaft using starter motor to
reposition camshaft. Repeat step 6.
8. Tighten bleed screw.
9. Push primer lever toward engine as far as possible.
A—Retaining Ring
B—Filter
C—Drain Knob
D—Filter Base
E—Slots
F—Vertical Locators
G—Bleed Screw
H—Primer Lever
TX,80,BD2161 –19–07OCT96–1/1
80-3
120699
PN=183
CHECK COOLANT CONDITIONER
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from
pressurized cooling system can cause serious
burns.
Remove filler cap only when engine is cold or
when cool enough to touch with bare hands.
Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve
pressure before removing completely.
IMPORTANT: John Deere Liquid Coolant Conditioner
does not protect against freezing.
Coolant conditioner prevents rust,
scale, and liner cavitation.
T101885 –UN–14AUG96
NOTE: Check coolant every 500 hours or 6 months, or
when replacing 1/3 or more of coolant. Add
coolant conditioner as necessary.
1. Remove radiator cap (A) and test coolant solution. Use
one of the following kits to check coolant:
T111110 –UN–13AUG97
• 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant Test Kit (TY16175)
Coolant test strips provide an effective method to check
freeze point and additive levels of engine coolant. See
your authorized dealer for 3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant
Test Kit and follow instructions on kit.
• Coolscan Plus
For a more thorough evaluation of coolant, perform
Coolscan Plus analysis, where available. See your
authorized dealer for information about Coolscan Plus.
2. Add TY16004 John Deere Coolant Conditioner or
equivalent non-chromate conditioner/rust inhibitor as
necessary. Follow instructions on container for
amount.
3-Way Test Kit
Cooling System—Specification
Capacity ................................................................................... 16 L (17 qt)
T111109 –UN–13AUG97
3. Install cap.
Coolscan Plus
Coolscan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CED,OUO1040,115 –19–02DEC99–1/1
80-4
120699
PN=184
CHANGE MFWD FRONT AXLE HOUSING
OIL—IF EQUIPPED
NOTE: Dispose of drain oil properly.
T103125 –UN–05SEP96
MFWD is filled with API GL-5 gear oil at the
factory. Fill MFWD with HY-GARD oil to fill to
proper level.
1. Remove plug (A) to drain oil. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
MFWD Front Axle Housing Oil—Specification
Capacity .................................................................................... 6.5 L (7 qt)
3. Remove plug (B) and add oil so it is level with bottom
of plug hole. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for
proper type of oil.)
4. Install plug.
T103126 –UN–05SEP96
2. Install plug.
TX,85,BD2163 –19–06MAY98–1/1
85-1
120699
PN=185
CLEAN, PACK, AND ADJUST FRONT WHEEL
BEARINGS—NON-POWERED
–UN–21OCT88
1. Raise machine so steer wheels are off ground.
Remove hub cap (J), pull cotter pin (I) from spindle
and remove slotted nut (K).
T87549
2. Slip off special washer (L) and outer bearing cone (H).
Remove wheel and hub assembly. Then remove seal
(A) and inner bearing cone (C) from hub (E).
3. Clean all dirt and grease from bearings, bushing (B),
spindles, and hub assemblies.
A—Seal
B—Bushing
C—Inner Bearing Cone
D—Inner Bearing Cup
E—Hub
F—Pipe Plug
G—Outer Bearing Cup
H—Outer Bearing Cone
I—Cotter Pin
J—Hub Cap
K—Nut
L—Washer
4. Inspect bearing cups (D and G), and cones for damage
or excessive wear and replace damaged parts as
necessary.
5. If a new bearing cup must be installed, drive out the
old one and install a new cup with the cupped face
outward.
6. Inspect grease seals for damage or hardened lips and
replace as necessary.
7. Pack bearings and coat seal lips with John Deere
Multi-Purpose Grease or equivalent. (See Fuels and
Lubricants chapter for recommended type of grease.)
8. Install seal (A), bushing (B), and inner bearing cup (D).
Fill gap between inner bearing cup and seal with
grease. Assemble balance of parts except cotter pin
and hub cap. Tighten slotted nut to specification.
Front Wheel Bearing Slotted Nut—Specification
Torque ............................................................................. 47 N•m (35 lb-ft)
9. Turn wheel several revolutions. Tighten nut again to
specification. Turn nut counterclockwise to nearest slot
and install cotter pin. If hole of spindle is in line with a
slot after tightening, turn nut counterclockwise to next
slot.
85-2
TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=186
10. Remove pipe plug (F) from wheel hub and install
lubrication fitting. Lubricate wheel hub assembly until
grease starts to exit past outer bearing cone (H).
Remove lube fitting and install pipe plug. (See Fuels
and Lubricants chapter for recommended type of
grease.)
11. Lower machine to the ground and install hub caps.
TX,85,BD2164 –19–06MAY98–2/2
CHECK ENGINE SPEEDS
2. Use tachometer (A), if equipped, to check engine
speeds:
Slow Idle—Specification
RPM ...................................................................................................... 850
Fast idle (Using Speed Control Pedal or Lever)—Specification
T102669 –UN–14AUG96
1. Warm engine to normal operating temperature.
RPM ............................................................................................ 2375 ± 25
If engine speeds need adjustment, see Check and Adjust
Engine Speed Control Linkage in this chapter.
TX,85,BD2170 –19–07OCT96–1/1
85-3
120699
PN=187
CHECK AND ADJUST ENGINE SPEED
CONTROL LINKAGE
Injection Pump Override in Forward Position—Specification
Distance ................................................................. 3—6 mm (1/8—1/4 in.)
T6030AU
2. Measure injection pump lever override. Override must
be to specification.
–UN–18OCT88
1. Move speed control lever to extreme forward position.
3. Adjust yoke on speed control rod to provide override.
4. Move speed control lever to rearmost position and
check override. Override must be to specification
Injection Pump Override in Rear Position—Specification
Distance ........................................................... 1.5 mm (1/16 in.) Minimum
5. Recheck high idle override.
6. Remove reservoir cowling to adjust foot control pedal.
7. Disconnect yoke (A) from rod (B).
T7387AB –UN–16DEC91
8. Adjust vertical rod (C) length to allow foot control pedal
to stop on floor with hand lever in the extreme forward
position.
TX,85,BD2165 –19–06MAY98–1/1
85-4
120699
PN=188
CHANGE REAR AXLE OIL
1. Remove plug (A) and drain oil into a container. Install
plug.
Rear Axle Oil—Specification
Capacity (S.N. —851673) ....................................................... 13 L (14 qt)
Capacity (S.N. 851674—) ....................................................... 16 L (17 qt)
2. Remove plug (B) and fill with oil to bottom of plug hole.
(See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for proper type of
oil.)
T105316 –UN–21NOV96
NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.
It will take approximately five minutes for oil to
settle into outer housing when oil is warm.
3. Wait five to ten minutes for oil to settle, recheck level
and add as necessary. If oil is cold, settle time may
increase.
T104868 –UN–22NOV96
NOTE: Read decal next to fill hole for correct oil fill
quantity.
4. Install plug.
CED,OUO1040,50 –19–29NOV99–1/1
85-5
120699
PN=189
CHANGE TRANSMISSION OIL FILTER
T105314 –UN–21NOV96
1. Turn manual transmission filter (A) or powershift
transmission—if equipped, filter (1) counterclockwise
and remove.
2. Apply film of oil to sealing ring on new filter. Install until
3. Check transmission oil level.
Manual Transmission Oil Filter
T125848B
–UN–15NOV99
4. Start engine and run for three minutes to allow filter
element to refill and purge air from charge circuit.
Powershift Transmission
85-6
TX,85,BG318
–19–17NOV99–1/2
120699
PN=190
5. With engine running at low idle, remove dipstick (B).
Check transmission oil level and add as necessary.
T106213 –UN–08JAN97
6. Check for leakage around filter. Tighten filter just
enough to stop leaks.
TX,85,BG318
85-7
–19–17NOV99–2/2
120699
PN=191
CHANGE TRANSMISSION AND TORQUE
CONVERTER OIL AND FILTER
T103366 –UN–27AUG96
NOTE: This procedure does not drain all of the oil from
the manual transmission. Only approximately
8.0—8.5L of oil will drain.
It is intended that the remainder of oil will remain
in the cooler and torque converter.
NOTE: Dispose of waste oil properly.
Manual Transmission Drain Plug
T125848B
–UN–15NOV99
1. Remove drain plug (A or 2) from bottom of
transmission and drain oil into suitable container.
Powershift Transmission Drain Plug
85-8
TX,85,BG304 –19–02DEC99–1/2
120699
PN=192
2. Turn filter (B or 1) counterclockwise and remove.
Manual Transmission System Oil—Specification
Capacity ................................................................................... 14 L (15 qt)
Powershift Transmission Oil—Specification
Capacity .................................................................................. 15 L (16 qt.)
T105317 –UN–21NOV96
5. Start engine and run at slow idle for three minutes to
warm oil.
6. With engine running at slow idle, turn dipstick handle
(C) counterclockwise and remove.
7. Check oil level on dipstick. If oil is not within operating
range, add oil. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
T103367 –UN–27AUG96
4. Install drain plug and fill transmission at filler/check
tube (C). (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for proper
type of oil.)
8. Install dipstick and turn clockwise to tighten.
TX,85,BG304 –19–02DEC99–2/2
85-9
120699
PN=193
CHANGE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR OIL
2. Move backhoe and stabilizers to transport position and
lower loader bucket to ground. Stop engine.
3. Remove reservoir filler tube cap.
4. Disconnect drain clamp (A) on end of hose (B) and
drain oil. Allow adequate time for oil to drain. Dispose
of waste oil properly.
T105669 –UN–11DEC96
Hydraulic Reservoir Oil—Specification
Capacity ................................................................................... 37 L (39 qt)
6. Attach hose.
7. Refill hydraulic reservoir. (See Fuels and Lubricants
chapter.)
8. Check oil level.
T105668 –UN–11DEC96
5. Replace hydraulic oil filter. (See Maintenance—Every
500 Hours chapter.)
TX,85,BD2166 –19–07OCT96–1/1
CLEAN ENGINE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
TUBE
T105323 –UN–21NOV96
Remove vent tube (A) and clean interior using diesel fuel.
TX,85,BD2167 –19–07OCT96–1/1
85-10
120699
PN=194
CHANGE TRANSMISSION AND TORQUE
CONVERTER OIL AND FILTER
T103366 –UN–27AUG96
NOTE: This procedure does not drain all of the oil from
transmission. Only approximately 8.0—8.5L of oil
will drain.
It is intended that the remainder of oil will remain
in the cooler and converter.
1. Remove plug (A) from bottom of transmission and
drain oil into suitable container. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
Transmission System Oil—Specification
Capacity ................................................................................... 14 L (15 qt)
T105317 –UN–21NOV96
2. Turn filter (B) counterclockwise and remove.
4. Install drain plug and fill transmission at filler/check
tube (C). (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter for proper
type of oil.)
T103367 –UN–27AUG96
5. Start engine and check oil level at filler tube. (See
Check Transmission Oil Level in Maintenance—Every
250 Hours chapter.)
TX,85,BG317
85-11
–19–06MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=195
1. Rotate wheel so drain plug (A) is at its lowest point,
remove plug and drain oil. Dispose of waste oil
properly.
MFWD Front Wheel Planetary Housing Oil—Specification
Capacity .................................................................................... 1 L (1.1 qt)
2. Install drain plug.
T7371AP –UN–02OCT90
CHANGE MFWD FRONT WHEEL
PLANETARY HOUSING OIL
3. Rotate wheel so plug (A) is above OIL LEVEL line (B)
when line is horizontal.
T105325 –UN–21NOV96
4. Add oil to bottom of fill plug hole and install plug. (See
Fuels and Lubricants chapter for proper type of oil.)
TX,85,BD2169 –19–07OCT96–1/1
85-12
120699
PN=196
REPLACE AIR CLEANER ELEMENTS
1. Remove right-hand side cover.
2. Loosen clips (A) to remove air cleaner cover.
IMPORTANT: Remove filter gently to avoid dislodging
dust from the filter.
T6201BE –UN–19JAN91
Inspect elements when air filter restriction/indicator comes
on. (See Engine Air Filter Indicator in Operator’s Station
chapter.
3. Slide primary (B) and secondary (C) elements out to
remove.
T103383 –UN–06SEP96
T103382 –UN–06SEP96
T103381 –UN–06SEP96
4. Clean inside of outlet tube.
CED,OUO1040,45 –19–06MAY98–1/1
85-13
120699
PN=197
ADJUST ENGINE VALVE LASH
(CLEARANCE)
1. Remove engine side shield.
T6129AJ –UN–27OCT88
2. Disconnect crankcase ventilation tube from rocker arm
cover. Clean tube with solvent or diesel fuel. Check
that O-ring in rocker arm cover is in good condition.
3. Remove rocker arm cover.
4. Install JDE-81-4 Timing Pin (B) and JDE-83 Flywheel
Turning Tool (A).
5. Turn flywheel until timing pin goes into hole in flywheel.
CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–1/4
6. Use either of the following methods to determine which
cylinder is at top-dead-center (TDC):
T6104AA
–UN–27OCT88
• Try to move both push rods at number one cylinder.
If both are not loose, pull timing pin out of flywheel,
rotate flywheel 360°, and insert timing pin. Both
pushrods being loose indicates the piston is at TDC
on compression stroke.
• Remove timing hole cover from fuel injection pump.
If the timing lines (A) are in alignment, then the
number one piston is at TDC on the compression
stroke. If the lines are not in alignment, the number
four piston is at TDC on the compression stroke.
86-1
CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–2/4
120699
PN=198
NOTE: Valve clearance can be adjusted whether engine
is hot or cold.
–UN–13MAR89
7. Measure and adjust valve clearance on the valves
shown, first with number one piston at TDC and then
with number four at TDC.
Intake Valves (I)—Specification
T6119AI
Valve Clearance ......................................................... 0.36 mm (0.014 in.)
Exhaust Valves (E)—Specification
T6164HH
–19–06FEB89
T6164HG –19–06FEB89
Valve Clearance ......................................................... 0.46 mm (0.018 in.)
86-2
CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–3/4
120699
PN=199
8. Clean cylinder head and rocker arm cover mating
surfaces.
9. Install rocker arm cover gasket. DO NOT use sealant.
T6321AG
10. Install rocker arm cover. Install dry cap screws and
tighten to specification.
–UN–18OCT88
NOTE: Rocker arm cover gasket is reusable.
Rocker Arm Cover Cap Screws—Specification
Torque ............................................................................. 35 N•m (26 lb-ft)
DO NOT overtighten cap screws.
11. Remove timing pin and turning tool. Install plugs.
12. Connect crankcase ventilation tube to rocker arm
cover and install cap screw in mounting strap.
CED,OUO1040,37 –19–28APR98–4/4
86-3
120699
PN=200
Maintenance
EXTERNAL SERVICE BRAKE INSPECTION
Do first inspection at 5000 hours followed by 1000 hour
inspection intervals after the first 5000 hour inspection.
If the service brakes are subjected to severe duty, inspect
more frequently.
1. Inspect brakes for wear through the external inspection
ports (A).
T8137AC
–UN–03DEC93
T115934 –UN–18JUN98
2. Remove axle housing and replace brake disc if oil
grooves (B) on facing material are no longer visible.
CED,OUO1032,1075 –19–19JUN98–1/1
90-1
120699
PN=201
Maintenance
CLEAN DUST UNLOADER VALVE
T103397 –UN–27AUG96
IMPORTANT: A missing, damaged, or hardened dust
unloader valve will make dust cup
precleaner ineffective, causing very
short element life. Valve should suck
closed above 1/3 engine speed.
Squeeze dust valve (A) to remove dust from air cleaner.
If operating in high dust conditions, squeeze dust valve
every couple of hours of operation to release dust.
TX,90,BD1968 –19–07OCT96–1/1
INSPECT AIR CLEANER ELEMENTS
IMPORTANT: Install a new primary element:
–UN–10NOV88
• If element shows damage
• If element will not clean
DO NOT clean secondary element.
T90684
Install new secondary element:
• If primary element is damaged and
needs replaced
• If element is visually dirty
NOTE: If gasket is broken or missing, install a new
element.
Inspect elements for wear or damage and replace as
necessary. Clean primary element as necessary. (See
Clean Primary Element procedures in this chapter for
cleaning instructions.)
TX,85,BG318
90-2
–19–06MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=202
Maintenance
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from flying
debris. Reduce compressed air to less than 690
kPa (6.9 bar) (100 psi) when using for cleaning
purposes. Clear area of bystanders, guard
against flying debris, and wear personal
protection equipment, including eye protection.
T47764
1. Tap element with the palm of your hand, NOT ON A
HARD SURFACE.
–UN–09NOV88
CLEAN DUSTY PRIMARY ELEMENT
2. If this does not remove dust, use compressed air under
690 kPa (6.9 bar) (100 psi).
3. Direct air up and down the pleats from inside to
outside. Be careful not to break the element.
TX,90,BD1965 –19–07OCT96–1/1
See your authorized dealer for JT05460 SERVICEGARD
coolant and battery tester. Follow directions included with
the tester.
T85402
If you operate your engine in extremely cold temperatures,
see your dealer for information on arctic operation.
–UN–10NOV88
TEST THE COOLANT FREEZE—
PROTECTION LEVEL
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
TX,90,BD1969 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-3
120699
PN=203
Maintenance
SERVICING THE COOLING SYSTEM
burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when
cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.
T8214BE
–UN–27APR94
Drain and fill the cooling system every 5 years or 5000
hours.
TX,90,BG266
–19–29AUG97–1/1
CHECKING COOLANT HOSES AND
RADIATOR
T103399 –UN–27AUG96
Check hoses (A) for cracks and leaks. Tighten clamps as
necessary.
T103400 –UN–27AUG96
Check radiator for dirt, damage, leaks, and loose or
broken mountings. Clean radiator fins.
TX,90,BD2173 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-4
120699
PN=204
Maintenance
DRAINING THE COOLING SYSTEM
burns.
Shut off engine. Remove filler cap only when
cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.
Every 5000 hours drain and flush cooling system using
clean water and refill with new coolant.
Capacity ................................................................................... 16 L (17 qt)
T103404 –UN–28AUG96
1. Release pressure and remove cap.
NOTE: Radiator drain cock can be reached from
underneath the machine. Grille and bumper
removed for clarity of photograph.
2. Connect a hose to drain cock (A) on radiator.
3. Turn drain cock counterclockwise to open valve.
T103401 –UN–27AUG96
4. Loosen drain cock (B) to drain engine block.
TX,90,BG267
90-5
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=205
Maintenance
DIESEL ENGINE COOLANT
The engine cooling system is filled to provide
year-round protection against corrosion and cylinder
liner pitting, and winter freeze protection to -37°C
(-34°F).
The following engine coolant is preferred for service:
protection at lower temperatures is required, consult
your John Deere dealer for recommendations.
Water quality is important to the performance of the
cooling system. Distilled, deionized, or demineralized
water is recommended for mixing with ethylene glycol
base engine coolant concentrate.
• John Deere COOL-GARD Prediluted Coolant
The following engine coolant is also recommended:
• John Deere COOL-GARD Coolant Concentrate in a
40 to 60% mixture of concentrate with quality water.
Other low silicate ethylene glycol base coolants for
heavy-duty engines may be used if they meet one of
the following specifications:
• ASTM D5345 (prediluted coolant)
• ASTM D4985 (coolant concentrate) in a 40 to 60%
mixture of concentrate with quality water
IMPORTANT: Do not use cooling system sealing
additives or antifreeze that contains
sealing additives.
COOLANT DRAIN INTERVALS
Drain the factory fill engine coolant, flush the cooling
system, and refill with new coolant after the first 3
years or 3000 hours of operation. Subsequent drain
intervals are determined by the coolant used for
service. At each interval, drain the coolant, flush the
cooling system, and refill with new coolant.
Coolants meeting these specifications require use of
supplemental coolant additives, formulated for
heavy-duty diesel engines, for protection against
corrosion and cylinder liner erosion and pitting.
When John Deere COOL-GARD is used, the drain
interval may be extended to 5 years or 5000 hours of
operation, provided that the coolant is tested annually
AND additives are replenished, as needed, by adding
a supplemental coolant additive.
A 50% mixture of ethylene glycol engine coolant in
water provides freeze protection to -37°C (-34°F). If
If COOL-GARD is not used, the drain interval is
reduced to 2 years or 2000 hours of operation.
DX,COOL3
90-6
–19–05FEB99–1/1
120699
PN=206
Maintenance
FILLING THE COOLING SYSTEM
CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from hot
spraying water. DO NOT remove radiator cap
unless the engine is cool. Then turn cap slowly
to the stop. Release all pressure before
removing cap.
Capacity ................................................................................... 16 L (17 qt)
Remove radiator cap (A). Coolant level must be at bottom
of filler neck.
T101885 –UN–14AUG96
IMPORTANT: Use only permanent-type low silicate,
ethylene glycol base antifreeze in
coolant solution. Other types of
antifreeze may damage cylinder seals.
NOTE: All machines are shipped from the factory with a
50-50 mixture for protection to -34°C (-30°F).
Adjust mixture accordingly to provide freeze
protection for your machine.
FREEZING TEMPERATURES: Fill with permanent-type
low silicate, ethylene glycol antifreeze (without stop-leak
additive) and clean, soft water. Add TY16004 John Deere
Coolant Conditioner or equivalent.
TX,90,BG269
90-7
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=207
Maintenance
DO NOT SERVICE INJECTION NOZZLES
IMPORTANT: Do not service or remove injection
nozzles. The service life of the injection
nozzles may be shortened by:
•
•
•
•
Overheating
Improper operation
Poor quality fuel
Excessive idling
If injection nozzles are not working correctly or are dirty,
the engine will not run normally. (See your authorized
dealer for service.)
TX,90,DH1583 –19–10DEC92–1/1
DO NOT ADJUST INJECTION PUMP
Adjusting the injection pump in any way not approved
by the manufacturer will end the warranty. (See your
copy of the John Deere warranty on this machine.)
IMPORTANT: Never steam clean or pour cold
water on an injection pump while the
engine is running, or while injection
pump is still warm. To do so may
cause seizure of pump.
Do not attempt to service an injection pump that is not
operating correctly. (See your authorized injection
pump service center.)
Clean trash regularly from injection
pump.
TX,90,DH626 –19–09DEC93–1/1
REPLACE ENGINE VIBRATION DAMPER
The damper assembly is not repairable and should be
replaced every 5 years or 4500 hours, whichever occurs
first, or whenever crankshaft is replaced. See your
authorized dealer.
CED,TX03768,2668
90-8
–19–29OCT99–1/1
120699
PN=208
Maintenance
DRAINING FUEL FILTER SEDIMENT
Drain water and sediment as necessary.
–UN–25NOV92
1. Loosen knob (B) and drain fuel for several seconds
from drain tube (A).
2. Tighten knob.
T7896AI
3. Bleed fuel system. (See Change Fuel Filter in
Maintenance-Every 500 Hours chapter.)
TX,90,BD2176 –19–07OCT96–1/1
PRECAUTIONS FOR ALTERNATOR AND REGULATOR
When batteries are connected, follow these rules:
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cable when you
work on or near alternator or regulator.
2. DO NOT TRY TO POLARIZE ALTERNATOR OR
REGULATOR.
3. Be sure alternator wires are correctly connected
BEFORE you connect batteries.
6. Connect batteries or a booster battery in the correct
polarity (positive [+] to positive [+] and negative [—]
to negative [—]).
7. Do not disconnect the batteries when engine is
running and alternator is charging.
8. Disconnect battery cables before you connect
battery charger to the batteries.
4. Do not ground alternator output terminal.
5. Do not disconnect or connect any alternator or
regulator wires while batteries are connected or
while alternator is operating.
T82,EXMA,I –19–03AUG92–1/1
90-9
120699
PN=209
Maintenance
PREVENT ACID BURNS
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong
enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes.
•
•
•
•
•
Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves
Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.
Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
Use proper jump start procedure.
• Do not induce vomiting
• Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed
2 L (2 quarts).
• Get medical attention immediately.
• Flush your skin with water.
• Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
• Flush your eyes for 15—30 minutes. Get medical
attention immediately.
TX,90,BD1970 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-10
120699
PN=210
Maintenance
SERVICE BATTERIES CAREFULLY
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
hydrometer.
eyes.
added.
the acid.
If electrolyte spills on the floor, use one of the following
mixtures to neutralize the acid: 0.5 kg (1 lb) baking soda
in 4 L (1 gal) water, or 0.47 L (1 pt) household ammonia
in 4 L (1 gal) water.
90-11
CED,OUO1040,121
–19–20MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=211
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Electrolyte can damage paint and metal
surfaces of your machine. Do not
overfill the battery cells.
CED,OUO1040,121
90-12
–19–20MAY98–2/2
120699
PN=212
Maintenance
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
hydrometer.
eyes.
added.
the acid.
Check the specific gravity of electrolyte in each battery
cell.
90-13
CED,OUO1040,122
–19–20MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=213
Maintenance
See your John Deere dealer for JT05460
SERVICEGARD battery and coolant tester. Follow
directions included with the tester.
–UN–10NOV88
A fully charged battery will have a corrected specific
gravity reading of 1.260. If the reading is below 1.200,
charge the battery.
T85402
NOTE: In tropical areas, use 1.225 for the full charge
reading. In cold areas, use 1.280 for the
full-charge reading.
SERVICEGARD is a trademark of Deere & Company
CED,OUO1040,122
–19–20MAY98–2/2
USING BATTERY CHARGER
exploding battery. Do not charge a battery if the
battery is frozen or it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F). Disconnect battery
ground (—) clamp before you charge batteries
in the machine to prevent damage to electrical
components.
IMPORTANT: Do not use a battery charger as a
booster if a battery has a 1.150 specific
gravity reading or lower. Turn off
charger before connecting or
disconnecting it.
A battery charger may be used as a booster to start
engine.
N36890
Stop or cut back charging rate if battery case feels hot, or
is venting electrolyte. Battery temperature must not
exceed 52°C (125°F).
–UN–07OCT88
Ventilate the area where batteries are being charged.
TX,90,BD2178 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-14
120699
PN=214
Maintenance
REPLACING BATTERIES
Cold Cranking Amps
Volts
BCI Group
-18°C (0°F)
-29°C
(-20°F)
Reserve
Capacity
(minutes at
25 amps)
12
31
750
600
150
Your machine may be equipped with one or two 12-volt
hybrid batteries with (—) negative ground. Use only
batteries meeting following specifications:
TX,90,BG212 –19–23DEC96–1/1
REMOVING BATTERIES
IMPORTANT: Check for worn or frayed wires and
loose or corroded connections.
1. Disconnect negative (—) battery cables first, then
positive (+) cables.
2. Remove nuts and hold-down brackets.
T105672 –UN–11DEC96
3. Lift batteries out of compartment.
TX,90,BD2180 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-15
120699
PN=215
Maintenance
T103416 –UN–28AUG96
T105868 –19–17DEC96
REPLACING FUSES
Access Cover of Side Console
IMPORTANT: Install fuse with correct amperage
rating to prevent electrical system
damage from overload.
F1—7.5 Amp MFWD/ Alternator/Diff Lock Fuse
F2—15 Amp Fuel/Ether Aid and Reverse Alarm
Fuse
F3—5 Amp Dome Light/Radio Fuse
F4—5 Amp Radio Fuse (Unswitched Power)
F5—15 Amp Wiper Fuse
F6—30 Amp Heater Fuse
F7—15 Amp Rear Light Fuse
F8—25 Amp Front Light/Tail Light Fuse
F9—10 Amp FNR/Park Brake Fuse
F10—20 Amp Turn/Stop/Flasher and Horn Fuse
F11—Not used
F12—Not used
F13—10 Amp RTD/Beacon Fuse
F14—5 Amp Monitor/Gauge Fuse
F15—10 Amp Auxiliary Fuse
F16—10 Amp Start Fuse
K3—Hydraulic Pump Relay
K4—Reverse Alarm Relay
K5—Park Brake Relay
K6—Neutral Relay
S21—Flasher
TX,90,BD2181 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-16
120699
PN=216
Maintenance
REMOVE AND INSTALL HALOGEN BULB
1. Remove screws (A), cover (B), lamp (C), and lamp
housing (E).
–UN–12MAR91
2. Disconnect wiring lead and release retainer clip to
remove bulb (D).
T7484AC
CAUTION: Do not touch the halogen bulb with
bare hands. Oil and moisture may cause
premature bulb failure. Clean bulb glass if
touched, using an oil-free cloth with alcohol.
A—Screw (2 used)
B—Lamp Cover
C—Lamp
D—Bulb
E—Lamp Housing
3. Install new bulb, lamp and assemble housing.
TX,90,BD2182 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-17
120699
PN=217
Maintenance
CHANGING REVERSE WARNING ALARM
VOLUME
IMPORTANT: It may be necessary to adjust the
volume to meet local regulations.
1. To change alarm to low volume, remove nut (A) and
disconnect wire from "POS HI" terminal.
2. Remove nut (C) and shorting bar (B).
T7673AH
–UN–16DEC91
T7673AI
–UN–16DEC91
3. Attach wire to "POS LOW" terminal (D). Install nut and
tighten. Save shorting bar for future use.
A—Nut
B—Shorting Bar
C—Nut
D—Terminal
TX,90,BD2183 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-18
120699
PN=218
Maintenance
CHECKING NEUTRAL START SYSTEM
T103418 –UN–28AUG96
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury or death. DO
NOT attempt to start machine unless you are
sitting in operator’s seat with the clutch switch
depressed. DO NOT bypass or disable any of
the starting system parts.
Set park brake before attempting to start
engine.
This machine has a neutral start switch that is activated
by the FNR lever (A).
Set park brake and place gear shifter in neutral.
Check the neutral start system to ENSURE that the
machine:
• WILL start with the FNR lever in neutral N position.
• WILL NOT start with FNR lever in any other position.
If starting system fails to operate correctly, have your
authorized dealer repair the system immediately.
TX,90,BD2184 –19–07OCT96–1/1
ADDING ATTACHMENTS/ACCESSORIES TO
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
(ROPS)
Do not add attachments or accessories to the ROPS
without contacting your authorized dealer for information.
Improper attachment may impair the protection offered by
the ROPS.
045,90,K117 –19–08JUN94–1/1
90-19
120699
PN=219
Maintenance
WELDING ON MACHINE
IMPORTANT: Disconnect battery ground cables to
prevent voltage spikes from damaging
alternator or dash instruments.
T105672 –UN–11DEC96
Connect welder ground clamp close to
each weld area so electrical current
does not arc inside any bearings.
TX,90,BD2185 –19–06MAY98–1/1
90-20
120699
PN=220
Maintenance
CHECKING RIDE CONTROL
ACCUMULATOR—IF EQUIPPED
X9811 –UN–23AUG88
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury may call the Deere &
Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois,
or other knowledgeable medical source.
CAUTION: The boom will jump upward during
this check. Make sure area around bucket is
clear.
1. Start engine.
90-21
CED,OUO1040,95 –19–14MAY98–1/2
120699
PN=221
Maintenance
2. Push ride control switch (A) to OFF position.
3. Raise boom to maximum height and hold control lever
over relief for 2 seconds.
4. Lower boom and bucket to ground and stop engine.
Put boom control lever in neutral.
5. Push ride control switch (A) to ON position. The boom
should move up approximately 100 mm (4 in.).
To Discharge Accumulator:
1. Place loader bucket approximately 30 cm (1 ft) off the
ground.
2. Make sure area around bucket is clear and move ride
control switch to OFF position.
T115935 –UN–18JUN98
6. If the accumulator has lost gas charge, see your
authorized dealer for servicing the accumulator.
3. Turn key switch to ON position without starting the
engine and move the ride control switch to ON
position.
4. Move loader control lever to float position. Bucket
should lower to ground.
5. If ride control accumulator has lost gas charge, see
your authorized dealer to service the accumulator.
CED,OUO1040,95 –19–14MAY98–2/2
90-22
120699
PN=222
Maintenance
CHECK PARK BRAKE
T111092 –UN–12AUG97
unexpected machine movement. Fasten seat
belt before performing this check.
2. Start machine on dry, hard pavements.
3. Raise loader and backhoe buckets off ground.
4. Move the park brake switch (A) to the OFF position.
5. Disengage MFWD, if equipped.
6. Move the FNR lever to forward F position, and the
gear shifter to 2nd gear.
7. Depress the speed control pedal to the floor and drive
approximately 7 m (20 ft) before moving the park brake
switch to ON position. The machine must stop within 2
m (6 ft) and transmission must shift to neutral N.
8. If necessary, check adjustment of park brake cap
screws. (See Towing in Transporting chapter.)
TX,55,BG263
90-23
–19–29AUG97–1/1
120699
PN=223
Maintenance
CHECKING MACHINE CYCLE TIMES
Operate each hydraulic control lever until all air is out of
the hydraulic system and oil is warm. Check for freedom
of movement of all controls and correct direction of travel
before you check cycle times.
Use the times below as a guide. If cycle times vary greatly
from those listed, troubleshoot the hydraulic system.
INDIVIDUAL CIRCUIT CYCLE TIME SPECIFICATIONS
Oil temperature: 65 ± 5°C (150 ± 10°F)
Engine speed: Fast idle
Function
Operating Conditions
Maximum Cycle Time in Seconds
Loader boom raise
Bucket flat on ground to full height (includes
bucket self-leveling)
4.9
Loader boom lower
2.8
Loader bucket dump
Bucket just clears ground
2.3
Loader bucket rollback
Bucket just clears ground
2.3
Backhoe boom raise
Backhoe at maximum reach with bucket teeth
on ground up to cylinder cushion
2.7
Backhoe boom lower
Backhoe at maximum reach. Transport
position to bucket teeth on ground
2.9
Crowd in
Boom in transport position
3.6
Crowd out
3.4
Backhoe bucket dump
2.1
Backhoe bucket curl
3.0
Backhoe swing
Boom raised to cushion, bucket curled,
dipperstick parallel to ground. Time cycle to
cylinder cushion
4.1
Right stabilizer down
Full up to ground level
2.8
Left stabilizer down
Full up to ground level
1.9
Stabilizer up left and right
Ground level to full up
2.4
Extendible dipperstick extend and retract
3.2
TURNS
Steering right to left
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering left to right
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering right to left (MFWD)
Turns
2.3 to 3
Steering left to right (MFWD)
Turns
2.3 to 3
TX,90,BG334
90-24
–19–08NOV99–1/1
120699
PN=224
Maintenance
BLEEDING BRAKES
T6838AE –UN–26OCT88
CAUTION: Do not operate machine if pedal
travel exceeds 133 mm (5.25 in.) while applying
267 N (60 lb-force). Operating machine with
excessive brake travel could cause brakes not
to stop machine on first application.
NOTE: Air will "gravity bleed" from brake system through
brake valve without use of bleed screws. Brake
lines must be inclined toward brake valve.
Low ambient temperature or aeration of oil will
slow bleed process.
1. Engage park brake. Lock brake pedals together to
bleed both brakes.
2. Run engine at high speed to fill brake reservoir.
3. Release brake pedal completely and wait a minimum
of 10 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 until a firm pedal is obtained with
pedal travel within specification.
Pedal Travel—Specification
Distance ............................................................. 133 mm (5.25 in.) or less
Brakes will continue to self-bleed as you operate machine
and pedal firmness should improve.
5. If unable to obtain firm brake pedal, inspect lines and
connections for leakage. If no leaks, see your
authorized dealer.
TX,90,BG270
90-25
–19–06MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=225
Maintenance
ADJUSTING SPEED CONTROL LEVER
TENSION
2. Tighten nut (A) until specified force is required to move
lever using a spring scale placed just below the knob.
Speed Control Lever—Specification
Force......................................................................... 62—71 N (14—16 lb)
T103498 –UN–03SEP96
1. Remove cover from console.
TX,90,BD2188 –19–06MAY98–1/1
90-26
120699
PN=226
Maintenance
T6159AC
T6157AF –UN–18OCT88
–UN–18OCT88
CHECKING AND ADJUSTING TOE-IN
1. Measure distance from ground to center of hub (A) and
make a mark on front (B) and rear (C) of each front tire
in center of tread.
T6162AT –UN–02NOV88
2. Measure distance between front marks (B).
3. Measure distance between rear marks (C).
4. The distance between front marks must be less than
distance between rear marks by the following amount.
Toe-In Measurement—Specification
Non-MFWD
Standard Axle Distance between ......................... 6 ± 3 mm (1/4 ± 1/8 in.)
(B) and (C)
MFWD Axle Distance between ............................ 3 ± 3 mm (1/8 ± 1/8 in.)
(B) and (C)
Machines Without Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:
T103499 –UN–03SEP96
1. To adjust toe-in, loosen both tie rod clamps (E) and
turn tie rod tube (D).
2. Turn clamps so that cap screws are toward rear of
machine and tipped down approximately 45°.
3. Tighten clamp cap screws to specification.
MFWD
Toe-In Tie Rod Clamp Cap Screws—Specification
A—Center of Hub
B—Front of Tire
C—Rear of Tire
D—Tie Rod Tube
E—Tie Rod Clamp
F—Nuts
G—Rod End
Torque ............................................................. 95 ± 14 N•m (70 ± 10 lb-ft)
Machines With Mechanical Front Wheel Drive:
1. To adjust toe-in, loosen nuts (F).
90-27
TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–1/2
120699
PN=227
Maintenance
2. Turn rod end (G) to get proper toe-in.
3. Adjust toe-in equally on both tie rods.
4. Tighten nuts to specification.
Toe-In Tie Rod Nuts—Specification
Torque ............................................................................. 50 N•m (35 lb-ft)
TX,90,BD2189 –19–19NOV99–2/2
90-28
120699
PN=228
Maintenance
INSTALLING TEETH ON BACKHOE
BUCKET
T7646AP –UN–16DEC91
1. Position flex pin (C) with grooves (D) toward the tooth
tip. The grooves are the locking mechanism.
NOTE: If "back" is stamped on the pin, this word must
face the shank.
If shank is badly worn, install new shank.
Install special teeth for digging in rock or frost.
2. To remove tooth tip (A), drive out flex pin (C).
T7646AN
–UN–16DEC91
T7646AO
–UN–16DEC91
3. To fasten tooth tip to shank (B), drive flex pin (C) in
place.
A—Tooth Tip
B—Tooth Shank
C—Flex Pin
D—Grooves
TX,90,BD2190 –19–07OCT96–1/1
90-29
120699
PN=229
Maintenance
DO NOT SERVICE CONTROL VALVES,
CYLINDERS, PUMPS OR MOTORS
Special tools and information are needed to service
control valves, cylinders, pumps, or motors.
If these parts need service, see your authorized dealer.
T82,EXMA,BJ
–19–08JUN94–1/1
TX,90,FF1225
–19–15MAR93–1/1
HARDWARE TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Check cap screws and nuts to be sure they are tight. If
hardware is loose, tighten to torque shown on the
following charts unless a special torque is specified.
CAUTION: Make certain all parts are reinstalled
correctly if the rollover protective structure
(ROPS) is loosened or removed for any reason.
Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.
The protection offered by ROPS will be
impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural
damage, is involved in an overturn incident, or
is in any way altered. A damaged ROPS should
be replaced, not reused.
KEEP ROPS INSTALLED PROPERLY
When installation of equipment on a machine necessitates
loosening or removing ROPS, mounting bolts must be
tightened to specification.
ROPS Mounting Bolts—Specification
Torque ......................................................... 420 ± 84 N•m (310 ± 62 lb-ft)
TX,90,BD2192 –19–06MAY98–1/1
90-30
120699
PN=230
Maintenance
CHANGING SIDESHIFT BACKHOE
STABILIZER FEET—315SE
1. Raise stabilizers high enough to remove stabilizer feet.
2. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn in locking bolt (A) on
each stabilizer leg to lock in place. Tighten locking nut.
3. Replace stabilizer feet.
CAUTION: Stabilizers may drop down when
loosening the stabilizer lock bolts. Keep clear of
area under the stabilizers when loosening the
stabilizer lock bolts.
T115437 –UN–18MAY98
4. Loosen locking nut (B) and turn out locking bolt (A) on
each stabilizer leg to release. Tighten locking nut.
CED,OUO1040,108
90-31
–19–14MAY98–1/1
120699
PN=231
Maintenance
TS1657
–19–02APR97
METRIC BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES
DX,TORQ2 –19–20JUL94–1/1
90-32
120699
PN=232
Maintenance
T6890BB –UN–01MAR90
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR METRIC SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTING
A—Sealing Surface
B—Split Flange
C—Pinched O-Ring
D—Single Piece Flange
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one
cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
NOT over tighten.
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches
cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear.
Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot
be polished out, replace component.
TORQUE CHART *
2. Install the correct O-ring (and backup washer if
required) into groove using petroleum jelly to hold it
in place.
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B)
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and
perpendicular to the port. Hand tighten cap screws
to hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in
center of flange and install four cap screws. Flange
must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap
screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring.
5. After components are properly positioned and cap
screws are hand tightened, tighten one cap screw,
then tighten the diagonally opposite cap screw.
Tighten two remaining cap screws. Tighten all cap
screws as specified in the chart below.
Thread **
N•m
lb-ft
M6
12
9
M8
30
22
M10
57
42
M12
95
70
M14
157
116
M16
217
160
M18
334
246
M20
421
318
*Tolerance ± 10%. The torques given are enough for the given
size connection with the recommended working pressure.
Increasing cap screw torque beyond these amounts will result in
flange and cap screw bending and connection failures.
* **Metric Standard thread
04T,90,K175 –19–05JAN96–1/1
90-33
120699
PN=233
Maintenance
ADDITIONAL METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE
VALUES
CAUTION: Use only metric tools on metric
hardware. Other tools may not fit properly. They
may slip and cause injury.
T-Bolt
Check tightness of cap screws periodically. Torque values
listed are for general use only. Do not use these values if
a different torque value or tightening procedure is listed
for a specific application.
Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined
loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher
grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these should
only be tightened to the strength of the original.
H-Bolt
–UN–18OCT88
Make sure fastener threads are clean and you properly
start thread engagement. This will prevent them from
failing when tightening.
T6873AC
Tighten cap screws having lock nuts to approximately 50
percent of amount shown in chart.
METRIC CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES *
T-Bolt
H-Bolt
M-Bolt
M-Bolt
Nominal
Dia
N•m
lb-ft
N•m
lb-ft
N•m
lb-ft
8
29
21
20
15
10
7
10
63
46
45
33
20
15
12
108
80
88
65
34
25
14
176
130
137
101
54
40
16
265
195
206
152
78
58
18
392
289
294
217
118
87
20
539
398
392
289
167
125
22
735
542
539
398
216
159
24
931
687
686
506
274
202
27
1372
1012
1029
759
392
289
30
1911
1410
1421
1049
539
398
33
2548
1890
1911
1410
735
542
36
3136
2314
2401
1772
931
687
*Torque tolerance is ±10%.
04T,90,M170
90-34
–19–01AUG94–1/1
120699
PN=234
Maintenance
TS1656
–19–02APR97
UNIFIED INCH BOLT AND CAP SCREW TORQUE VALUES
DX,TORQ1 –19–20JUL94–1/1
90-35
120699
PN=235
Maintenance
CAUTION: Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury. Avoid
the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure
fluids.
X9811 –UN–23AUG88
CHECK OIL LINES AND FITTINGS
T85401
Check all oil lines, hoses, and fittings regularly for leaks or
damage. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight.
Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching moving
machine parts. If abrasion or wear occurs, replace
immediately.
–UN–24JAN89
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury may call the Deere &
Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois,
or other knowledgeable medical source.
Tubing with dents may cause the oil to overheat. If you
find tubing with dents, install new tubing immediately.
IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in torque
chart.
When you tighten connections, use two wrenches to
prevent bending or breaking tubing and fittings.
TX,90,DH1559 –19–01AUG94–1/1
90-36
120699
PN=236
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR O-RING
BOSS FITTINGS
Straight Fitting
T6243AE –UN–18OCT88
1. Inspect O-ring boss seat for dirt or defects.
2. Lubricate O-ring with petroleum jelly. Place electrical
tape over threads to protect O-ring. Slide O-ring over
tape and into O-ring groove of fitting. Remove tape.
3. Tighten fitting to torque value shown on chart.
Angle Fitting
1. Back-off lock nut (A) and back-up washer (B)
completely to head-end (C) of fitting.
–UN–18OCT88
2. Turn fitting into threaded boss until back-up washer
contacts face of boss.
T6520AB
3. Turn fitting head-end counterclockwise to proper index
(maximum of one turn).
NOTE: Do not allow hoses to twist when tightening
fittings.
4. Hold fitting head-end with a wrench and tighten lock
nut and back-up washer to proper torque value.
TORQUE VALUE *
Thread Size
N•m
lb-ft
3/8-24 UNF
8
6
7/16-20 UNF
12
9
1/2-20 UNF
16
12
9/16-18 UNF
24
18
3/4-16 UNF
46
34
7/8-14 UNF
62
46
1-1/16-12 UN
102
75
1-3/16-12 UN
122
90
1-5/16-12 UN
142
105
1-5/8-12 UN
190
140
1-7/8-12 UN
217
160
*Torque tolerance is ±10%.
04T,90,K66
90-37
–19–19MAR96–1/1
120699
PN=237
Maintenance
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FLAT
FACE O-RING SEAL FITTINGS
–UN–18OCT88
1. Inspect the fitting sealing surfaces. They must be free
of dirt or defects.
2. Inspect the O-ring. It must be free of damage or
defects.
T6243AD
3. Lubricate O-rings and install into groove using
petroleum jelly to hold in place.
4. Push O-ring into the groove with plenty of petroleum
jelly so O-ring is not displaced during assembly.
5. Index angle fittings and tighten by hand-pressing joint
together to insure O-ring remains in place.
6. Tighten fitting or nut to torque value shown on the
chart per dash size stamped on the fitting. Do not allow
hoses to twist when tightening fittings.
FLAT FACE O-RING SEAL FITTING TORQUE *
Nominal Tube O.D.
Swivel Nut
Bulkhead Nut
Thread Size
in.
N•m
lb-ft
N•m
lb-ft
-4
9/16-18
16
12
5.0
3.5
-6
11/16-16
24
18
9.0
6.5
0.500
-8
13/16-16
50
37
17.0
12.5
0.625
-10
1-14
69
51
17.0
12.5
19.05
0.750
-12
1 3/16-12
102
75
17.0
12.5
22.22
0.875
-14
1 3/16-12
102
75
17.0
12.5
25.40
1.000
-16
1 7/16-12
142
105
17.0
12.5
31.75
1.250
-20
1 11/16-12
190
140
17.0
12.5
38.10
1.500
-24
2-12
217
160
17.0
12.5
mm
in.
Dash Size
6.35
0.250
9.52
0.375
12.70
15.88
*Torque tolerance is +15 / -20%.
04T,90,K67
90-38
–19–01AUG94–1/1
120699
PN=238
Maintenance
T6890BB –UN–01MAR90
SERVICE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INCH SERIES FOUR BOLT FLANGE FITTINGS
A—Sealing Surface
B—Split Flange
1. Clean sealing surfaces (A). Inspect. Scratches
cause leaks. Roughness causes seal wear.
Out-of-flat causes seal extrusion. If defects cannot
be polished out, replace component.
2. Install O-ring (and backup washer if required) into
groove using petroleum jelly to hold it in place.
C—Pinched O-Ring
D—Single Piece Flange
must be centrally located on port. Hand tighten cap
screws to hold flange in place. Do not pinch O-ring.
5. Tighten one cap screw, then tighten the diagonally
opposite cap screw. Tighten two remaining cap
screws. Tighten all cap screws as specified in the
chart below.
DO NOT use air wrenches. DO NOT tighten one
cap screw fully before tightening the others. DO
NOT over tighten.
3. Split flange: Loosely assemble split flange (B)
halves. Make sure split is centrally located and
perpendicular to port. Hand tighten cap screws to
hold parts in place. Do not pinch O-ring (C).
4. Single piece flange (D): Place hydraulic line in
center of flange and install cap screws. Flange
90-39
04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–1/2
120699
PN=239
Maintenance
TORQUE CHART *
N•m
lb-ft
Nominal Flange Size
Cap Screw Size
Min
Max
Min
Max
1/2
5/16-18 UNC
20
31
15
23
3/4
3/8-16 UNC
28
54
21
40
1
3/8-16 UNC
37
54
27
40
1-1/4
7/16-14 UNC
47
85
35
63
1-1/2
1/2-13 UNC
62
131
46
97
2
1/2-13 UNC
73
131
54
97
2-1/2
1/2-13 UNC
107
131
79
97
3
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
3-1/2
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
4
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
5
5/8-11 UNC
158
264
117
195
*Tolerance ±10%. The torques given are enough for the given size connection with the recommended working pressure. Torques can be
increased to the maximum shown for each cap screw size if desired. Increasing cap screw torque beyond this maximum will result in flange
and cap screw bending and connection failures.
04T,90,K174 –19–01AUG94–2/2
90-40
120699
PN=240
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURE
A location will be required which is level and has
adequate space to complete the checks. No tools or
equipment are needed to perform this checkout.
Use this procedure to check all systems and functions
on the machine. It is designed so you can make a
quick check of machine operation while doing both a
walk around inspection and performing specific checks
from the operator’s seat.
Complete the necessary visual checks (oil levels, oil
condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage,
wiring, etc.) prior to doing the checkout. The machine
must be at operating temperature for many of the
checks.
Should you experience a problem with your machine,
you will find helpful diagnostic information in this
checkout that will pinpoint the cause. Use the table of
contents to help find adjustment procedures. This
information may allow you to perform simple repairs
yourself, reducing machine down time.
Locate the check to be performed at the top of the left
column and read completely down the column before
performing the check. Follow this sequence from left to
right. In the far right column, if no problem is found,
you will be instructed to go to next check. If a problem
is indicated, you will be referred to either a chapter in
this manual or to your authorized dealer for repair.
The information obtained after completing the
operational checkout will allow you or your authorized
dealer to pinpoint a specific test or repair needed to
restore the machine to specifications.
TX,95,BD2223 –19–01NOV96–1/1
GAUGE AND INDICATOR CHECK WITH ENGINE OFF
– – –1/1
MONITOR INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND ALARM
CHECKS
Turn key switch to BULB CHECK position and hold.
YES: Go to next check.
LOOK: Are all monitor indicator lights on? Is STOP light ON and does alarm sound?
NO: Check monitor/gauge
fuse. See Replacing
Fuses in Maintenance
chapter. If motor starts
and bulb check position is
OK, key switch has failed
or there is a short in
wiring. See your
authorized dealer.
NOTE: Starting motor MUST not operate.
– – –1/1
95-1
120699
PN=241
FNR, NEUTRAL START CIRCUIT AND REVERSE WARNING ALARM CHECKS
– – –1/1
FNR SWITCH CHECK
Engine off.
Move FNR lever to forward (F), reverse (R), then neutral
(N) position.
NO: If no "click", inspect
neutral start fuse or see
your authorized dealer.
FEEL: Observe and feel forward, neutral and reverse
detents.
T7447AH –UN–04JAN91
Turn key switch to ON position. Move FNR lever into
forward and reverse.
LISTEN: Did you hear a "click" from the side console
neutral start relay as FNR lever was moved?
– – –1/1
NEUTRAL START
CHECK
Put FNR lever in neutral.
YES: See your authorized
dealer.
Move FNR lever to forward (F) position and turn key switch to start position.
NO: Go to next check.
Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position and turn key switch to start position.
LISTEN: Did starting motor operate?
– – –1/1
95-2
120699
PN=242
START CIRCUIT CHECK
Move FNR lever to neutral (N) position and turn key
switch to START position.
Observe and listen to monitor as engine is cranking.
LISTEN: Did starting motor operate?
LISTEN: Did alarm sound?
LOOK: During engine cranking, were all ten indicator
lights ON? Is STOP indicator ON?
NO: If engine turns but
does not start, check fuel
shutoff/start aid/reverse
alarm fuse. If starting
motor does not operate
check start fuse. See
Maintenance chapter for
fuse checks. See your
authorized dealer if fuses
are OK.
– – –1/1
REVERSE WARNING
ALARM CHECK
Key switch ON.
Move FNR lever to reverse (R) position.
NO: See your authorized
dealer.
LISTEN: Does reverse warning alarm sound?
T7447AI –UN–04JAN91
– – –1/1
95-3
120699
PN=243
PARK BRAKE, CHARGE INDICATOR LIGHT, TACHOMETER/HOUR METER CIRCUIT AND ENGINE SPEED
CONTROL LINKAGE CHECKS
– – –1/1
PARK BRAKE
INDICATOR CHECK
IMPORTANT: If engine oil pressure indicator light stays ON, STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY, check oil level.
Engage park brake.
Put FNR lever in neutral (N) and start the engine.
Put FNR lever in forward (F) position.
T7447AG –UN–04JAN91
LOOK: Is STOP indicator ON ? Does alarm sound? Is
park brake and seat belt light ON? Are all other indicator
lights out?
Release park brake.
LOOK/LISTEN: Is park brake indicator and STOP light
out? Alarm will not sound.
NO: If engine low oil
pressure indicator light
stays ON, STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY and check
oil level. If alternator
indicator light is ON,
increase engine speed to
1200 rpm and alternator
light MUST go out. If no
park brake light, inspect
wiring connector at switch
on park brake linkage.
See your authorized
dealer.
– – –1/1
SEAT POSITION
SENSOR CHECK
Engine speed at low idle.
YES: Yes: Go to next
check.
Lower all equipment to ground.
dealer.
Release park brake.
Transmission gear shift lever in neutral, FNR in forward or reverse.
Operator’s seat in the backhoe position.
LISTEN: Does monitor alarm sound and is STOP indicator ON?
– – –1/1
95-4
120699
PN=244
TACHOMETER/
HOUR METER CIRCUIT
CHECK
IMPORTANT: If engine low oil pressure indicator light stays ON, STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY and check oil level.
Engage park brake.
Put FNR lever in neutral and start the engine.
LOOK/LISTEN: Is hour meter indicator rotating? Does
tachometer (if equipped) indicate rpm?
NO: If park brake
indicator light stays ON,
adjust park brake switch
on park brake linkage
until light goes out. See
Maintenance—As
Required chapter. If no
hour meter or tachometer
movement, see your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
ENGINE SPEED
CONTROL LEVER
LINKAGE CHECK
Engage park brake.
Put FNR lever in neutral (N) position.
Note rpm on tachometer (if equipped).
NO: Tighten friction lock.
See Adjusting Speed
Control Lever Tension in
Maintenance chapter.
Check engine speed. See
Move speed control lever to fast idle position.
T102991 –UN–20AUG96
LOOK: Does tachometer read 900 + 25 / - 0 rpm (slow
idle) or 2375 + 25 / - 0 rpm (fast idle)?
LOOK: Does speed control lever remain at selected
position?
– – –1/1
ENGINE SPEED
CONTROL PEDAL
LINKAGE CHECK
Depress speed control pedal
LISTEN: Does engine speed stay the same as with
speed control lever in fast idle position?
YES: Yes: Go to next
check.
NO: Adjust Speed Control
Linkage. See your
authorized dealer.
T7394BF –UN–06JAN92
– – –1/1
95-5
120699
PN=245
BRAKE SYSTEM CHECKS
– – –1/1
PEDAL STOP CHECK
Lift left and right brake pedals.
LOOK: Are brake pedals against pedal stop screws?
NO: Adjust brake pedal
stops. See your
authorized dealer.
NOTE: This ensures that brake check valves are opened
and brakes released.
T7394BG –UN–17JAN92
– – –1/1
BRAKE SYSTEM
LEAKAGE CHECK
Depress and hold left brake pedal, then right brake pedal
using approximately 267 N (60 lb-force).
LOOK/FEEL: Brake pedal must NOT feel spongy
(caused by air in system). Does pedal settle more than
25 mm (1.0 in.) per minute?
T7367AM
YES: Bleed brake
system. See Bleeding
Brakes in Maintenance
chapter. See your
authorized dealer.
–UN–17JAN92
– – –1/1
95-6
120699
PN=246
BRAKE DRAG/PARK
BRAKE CHECK
Position machine on a gradual slope with front of
machine downhill.
Lift bucket so it clears ground.
dealer.
Shift FNR lever to neutral, differential lock control up,
disengage park brake and release service brakes.
T6171AL
–UN–09DEC88
Let machine coast freely for several feet. Apply park
brake.
LOOK: Did machine stop?
Release park brake.
LOOK: Did machine move or coast freely?
NOTE: If machine does not move freely on slope, drive
the machine for five minutes. Feel axle housing area to
locate which brake is dragging.
– – –1/1
95-7
120699
PN=247
PARK BRAKE FUNCTION
CHECK
Start machine, move throttle to 1200 rpm.
Leave park brake ON.
Put FNR lever in forward position.
Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds in
each gear.
YES: If the machine
moves in any gear, see
YES: If the indicators do
not work, see your
authorized dealer.
Move FNR lever to reverse position.
Shift transmission starting with 1st. gear through 4th. gear, pausing for 5 seconds in
each gear.
Move FNR lever back to neutral position.
Move throttle back to slow idle and shut the machine off.
LOOK: The machine MUST NOT move in any gear.
LOOK: STOP light and Park Brake indicators MUST be lit.
LOOK: Hazard light MUST be flashing.
LISTEN: An audible beeping alarm MUST be heard.
LISTEN: With the FNR In the reverse position, the reverse audible alarm MUST be
heard.
– – –1/1
95-8
120699
PN=248
STEERING SYSTEM CHECKS
– – –1/1
STEERING SYSTEM
CHECKS
Raise loader bucket above ground level.
Raise rear of machine off ground using stabilizers.
NO: Check hydraulic oil
level. See your authorized
dealer.
Operate engine at approximately 1000 rpm.
Turn steering wheel from full left to full right several times.
LOOK: Did front wheels move smoothly in both directions?
LOOK: When steering wheel was stopped, did front wheels stop moving?
NOTE: Internal leakage or a sticking steering valve spool can cause wheels to
continue to move after steering wheel is stopped.
– – –1/1
STEERING SYSTEM
LEAKAGE CHECK
NOTE: Hydraulic oil must be at operating temperature.
Run engine at slow idle. Turn steering wheel until wheels are in maximum right turn
position. Continue turning steering wheel, using approximately 11.3 N•m (100 lb-in.)
force while counting steering wheel rpm.
NO: If steering wheel
turns more than 7
revolutions, verify whether
valve or cylinder is
leaking. See your
authorized dealer.
Repeat leakage check turning steering wheel to the left.
LOOK: Did steering wheel turn 4—7 revolutions or less to the left or right? This
represents acceptable steering wheel movement during normal operation.
– – –1/1
STEERING PRIORITY
VALVE CHECK
Operate engine at slow idle.
Turn steering wheel to stop left and right. Note effort required to turn wheel.
NO: Steers hard and no
decrease in engine rpm.
See your authorized
dealer.
Turn wheel to stop and apply constant pressure.
LOOK/FEEL: Does wheel stop at both axle stops and require normal steering wheel
effort?
LOOK/LISTEN: Does tachometer (if equipped) decrease in rpm or does engine rpm
decrease when steering wheel is held against stop?
– – –1/1
95-9
120699
PN=249
TRANSMISSION NEUTRAL DISCONNECT CIRCUIT CHECK
– – –1/1
NEUTRAL DISCONNECT
CIRCUIT CHECK
CAUTION: Machine will move forward as FNR lever is moved.
Start engine, set idle speed at approximately 1500 rpm.
Put transmission in fourth gear.
Release park brake.
NO: Check fuse. If OK
see Troubleshooting
chapter; Gauges and
Indicators, Clutch Control
Does not Disengage or
“Click.” See your
authorized dealer.
Shift FNR lever to forward (F) position.
LISTEN: When FNR lever is shifted to forward (F) position, can a noticeable drop in
engine speed be heard?
Press button on gear shift lever or loader control lever individually and note sound of
engine.
LISTEN: Does engine rpm increase when the neutral solenoid switches are
depressed?
– – –1/1
DRIVING CHECKS
– – –1/1
TRANSMISSION SHIFT
LINKAGE,
SYNCHRONIZER AND
NOISE CHECK
IMPORTANT: Press button on gear shift lever when shifting gears.
Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm with FNR lever in forward (F) position.
dealer.
Shift transmission into each gear and drive for a short distance.
LISTEN: Can any gear noise be heard when shifting between gears?
– – –1/1
95-10
120699
PN=250
DIFFERENTIAL LOCK
CHECK
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers and loader
bucket.
Unlock brake pedals. Turn MFWD switch off (if
equipped).
dealer.
Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm in 3rd
forward.
T6295AD –UN–19OCT88
Depress differential lock control.
Apply one brake pedal.
LOOK: Both wheels must stop.
Release differential lock. Apply one brake pedal.
LOOK: Does braked wheel stop and other wheel spin?
– – –1/1
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR
AND PINION CHECK
Shift transmission to first gear and operate engine at approximately 1500 rpm.
Move FNR lever to forward (F) position.
dealer.
Turn and hold steering wheel in a maximum left turn and depress left brake pedal to
stop the left wheel.
Turn and hold steering wheel in a maximum right turn and depress right brake pedal to
stop the right wheel.
LISTEN: Can excessive gear noise be heard in the differential or pinion gear area?
– – –1/1
FRONT WHEEL
ALIGNMENT (TOE-IN)
CHECK
Drive machine in fourth gear forward on a surface with
loose material.
LOOK: Is material from behind front wheels thrown
excessively inward or outward?
YES: If material is
thrown, excessive tire
wear will result. See
Adjusting Toe-In in
Maintenance chapter.
T6264AI –UN–22OCT91
– – –1/1
95-11
120699
PN=251
ENGINE AND TORQUE
CONVERTER CHECK
Position machine with loader bucket at ground level
against dirt bank or immovable object.
Shift transmission into first gear.
Disengage MFWD.
T6171AM
–UN–09DEC88
Engage differential lock.
Increase engine speed to fast idle.
YES: If the wheels can
be easily stalled, go to
Troubleshooting chapter,
Engine, Engine Does Not
Develop Full Power or to
Power Train, Unit Lacks
Power or Moves Slow.
See your authorized
dealer.
LOOK: Do rear wheels stall?
NOTE: This test will give a general indication of engine,
transmission and torque converter performance.
– – –1/1
TRANSMISSION
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
CHECK
Run engine at approximately 1500 rpm.
Shift transmission into third gear.
dealer.
Make several shifts from third forward to third reverse. Start counting the number of
seconds when FNR lever is moved to opposite direction.
LOOK: Is shift from one direction to the other completed in three seconds?
NOTE: If bad in one direction ONLY, check direction pack.
– – –1/1
RIDE CONTROL
FUNCTIONALITY CHECK,
ELECTRICAL
Turn key switch to ON position.
Turn ride control switch to ON position.
dealer.
LOOK: Switch light should light.
LOOK: Light in switch should go off when start switch is OFF or ride control switch is
OFF.
– – –1/1
95-12
120699
PN=252
RIDE CONTROL
FUNCTIONALITY CHECK,
HYDRAULIC
Start machine and adjust engine speed to 1000—1500 rpm.
Move ride control switch to ON position.
dealer.
LOOK/FEEL: Try to lift front end of machine off the ground using the bucket. Machine
should not be able to lift and hold.
LOOK/FEEL: With ride control OFF, try again to lift front end of machine off the ground
using the bucket. Machine should be able to lift and hold.
– – –1/1
MECHANICAL FRONT WHEEL DRIVE (MFWD) DRIVING CHECK
– – –1/1
MFWD SWITCH CHECK
Push switch and engage MFWD.
LOOK: Does MFWD light in display monitor come ON
when switch is pressed?
dealer.
Push switch to disengage MFWD.
T102991 –UN–20AUG96
LOOK: Is MFWD light in display monitor OFF with
MFWD disengaged?
– – –1/1
MFWD DIFFERENTIAL
CHECK
Start engine and run at low idle.
Raise machine off ground with stabilizers and loader.
dealer.
Shift transmission to 1st gear and put FNR in forward.
Engage MFWD.
Lower front wheels to just contact ground.
LOOK: Do both front wheels turn?
– – –1/1
95-13
120699
PN=253
ENGINE AND TORQUE
CONVERTER CHECK
With loader bucket level and cutting edge at the
centerline of front wheels, put machine against a dirt
bank or immovable object.
Engage MFWD and differential lock.
Shift transmission to first forward.
T6171AN –UN–09DEC88
Increase engine speed to fast idle
NO: If all wheels stop, a
torque converter or
transmission control valve
problem is indicated. If
the front wheels stop,
MFWD problem is
indicated. See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: Do both rear wheels and both front wheels turn?
– – –1/1
MFWD GEAR AND
PINION CHECK
Drive machine at transport speed with MFWD engaged, then disengaged.
LISTEN: Does MFWD “whine” when disengaged?
YES: If MFWD whines,
check oil levels and fill to
correct levels. See your
authorized dealer.
NOTE: It is normal for MFWD to “whine” when engaged.
– – –1/1
95-14
120699
PN=254
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM CHECKS
– – –1/1
MAIN HYDRAULIC PUMP
PERFORMANCE CHECK
NOTE: If hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature, heat oil until loader and backhoe
cylinders feel warm to touch.
Put loader bucket flat on ground with park brake ON.
Operator’s seat positioned toward front of machine.
NO: If cycle time slow,
see Troubleshooting
chapter, Hydraulic
System, Slow Hydraulic
Functions.
Run engine at slow idle.
Measure cycle time of loader rise to maximum height (including bucket leveling).
LOOK: Does loader rise to maximum height in 15 seconds or less?
NOTE: Take the average cycle time for at least three cycles. This time will give a
general indication of hydraulic pump performance.
– – –1/1
AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC
PUMP PERFORMANCE
CHECK
NOTE: Hydraulic oil should be at operating temperature.
Position operator’s seat toward rear of machine.
NO: If cycle time is slow,
see Troubleshooting
chapter, Hydraulic
System, Slow Hydraulic
Functions.
Put backhoe in transport position.
Run engine at fast idle.
While holding loader boom rise over relief, move dipperstick from fully retracted
position to fully extended position and measure cycle time.
LOOK: Is the cycle time 12 seconds or less?
– – –1/1
AUXILIARY PUMP
UNLOADING VALVE
SOLENOID CHECK
Engine ON at low idle, transmission gear shift lever in neutral.
Lower stabilizers to ground.
dealer.
Engage park brake.
Position operator seat toward rear of machine.
Operate dipperstick. Move FNR lever to forward.
LOOK: Does dipperstick slow down?
– – –1/1
95-15
120699
PN=255
CYLINDER CUSHION
CHECK
Raise wheels off ground with stabilizers.
Lower boom from transport position.
NO: Remove and repair
cylinder cushion. See
Run engine at 1500 rpm. Activate backhoe swing left and right.
Note sound and speed as cylinders near end of their stroke.
LOOK: Does speed of cylinder rod decrease near the end of its stroke?
LISTEN: Can hydraulic oil be heard flowing through orifice as cylinder rod nears the
end of its stroke?
Repeat check using backhoe boom function.
NOTE: Crowd cylinder does not have cylinder cushion.
– – –1/1
STABILIZER CYLINDER
AND VALVE CHECK
Operate machine at approximately 1500 rpm.
Position loader bucket above ground.
NO: Cylinders drift up or
down. Inspect lock-outs.
Cylinders drift down
rapidly. See your
authorized dealer.
Lower each stabilizer cylinder and raise rear of machine off ground.
LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders extend smoothly and hold machine up?
Retract each stabilizer cylinder.
LOOK/FEEL: Do cylinders retract smoothly and remain up?
– – –1/1
NOTE: Feel backhoe cylinders. Cylinder must be warm
to touch (38—52° C [100-125° F]). If cylinders are not
warm, heat oil to specifications.
BACKHOE AND LOADER
FUNCTION DRIFT
CHECK
With backhoe fully extended, put backhoe bucket at a
45° angle to ground. Lower boom until bucket cutting
edge is 50 mm (2.0 in.) off the ground.
T7374CI –UN–04OCT90
YES: Verify which
function is drifting. See
Position loader bucket same distance off ground as
backhoe bucket.
Run engine at slow idle and observe bucket cutting
edge.
LOOK: Do cutting edges touch ground within one
minute?
– – –1/1
95-16
120699
PN=256
HYDRAULIC CONTROL
VALVE LIFT CHECK
TEST
NOTE: Husco valves have one lift check for both work ports, and therefore only need
to be checked in one direction.
Raise loader bucket 1 m (3.0 ft) off the ground with the bucket level.
YES: Inspect control
valve lift check. See your
authorized dealer.
Position backhoe at maximum reach with bucket in dump position, 1 m (3.0 ft) off the
ground.
Stop the engine.
Activate each function one at a time.
•
•
•
•
•
Loader boom rise
Loader bucket rollback
Backhoe boom up
Dipperstick extend
Backhoe bucket dump
LOOK: Do functions move when the control lever is activated?
– – –1/1
LOADER BOOM FLOAT
CHECK
Put loader bucket at maximum height position with bucket dumped.
NO: If it jumps out of
detent, check detent
spring and detent balls.
See your authorized
dealer.
Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the same
time into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever.
LOOK: Does loader control lever remain in the boom float detent position?
– – –1/1
95-17
120699
PN=257
LOADER
RETURN-TO-DIG CHECK
T6171AT –UN–09DEC88
T7374CH
–UN–04OCT90
Put loader bucket at maximum height position with bucket dumped.
NO: Adjust switch until it
is activated in cam. See
Adjusting Loader Bucket
Self-Leveling Indicator
Linkage and
Return-to-Dig Switch in
chapter. See your
authorized dealer.
Move the loader control lever forward into boom float detent position, and at the same
time into bucket rollback detent position. Remove hand from control lever.
LOOK: Does the loader control lever disengage from the bucket rollback detent when
the bucket is level?
LOOK: When the bucket is at ground level, bucket must be level and the bucket
indicator pointer must be aligned with mark on the boom pivot.
NOTE: When return-to-dig is used with loader boom in full-up position, the bucket
leveling linkage will move the bucket control valve out of return-to-dig position before
bucket is actually level.
– – –1/1
NOTE: The loader bucket leveling feature functions
during the boom rise cycle only. When bucket is
lowered, the operator can manually level the bucket or
use the return-to-dig.
BUCKET LEVELING
LINKAGE CHECK
NO: Adjust loader control
valve linkage. See your
authorized dealer.
Put loader bucket in the rollback position with the boom
near ground level.
T7374CJ –UN–05OCT90
Raise the loader and at the same time hold the control
lever in the bucket rollback position.
Observe bucket and loader control lever as the loader
rises.
LOOK/FEEL: Does loader control lever move into the
bucket dump position and the bucket dump function
slowly activate? When the loader control lever moves to
activate the bucket dump function, does the bucket
position remain stationary the remainder of the loader
boom raise cycle?
– – –1/1
95-18
120699
PN=258
CHECK OPERATION OF ACCESSORIES (ENGINE STOPPED)
– – –1/1
FRONT LIGHT SWITCH
CHECK
Push front light rocker switch to middle position.
NO: Check fuse and
bulbs. Check wiring. See
Gauges and Indicators,
No Work or Driving
Lights. See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: Are two front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights ON?
Push front light rocker switch in completely.
NOTE: Four front lights exist with optional work light package.
LOOK: Are four front lights, two red tail lights and gauge lights ON?
– – –1/1
REAR LIGHT SWITCH
CHECK
Push side console rear light rocker switch in.
NO: Check fuse and
LOOK: Are rear lights ON?
– – –1/1
TURN SIGNAL CHECK
Push right side of turn signal rocker switch down.
NO: Check fuses and
wiring. See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: Are right front and rear amber lights flashing? Does right indicator light on top
of steering column flash?
Push left side of turn signal rocker switch down.
LOOK: Are left front and rear amber lights flashing? Does left indicator light on top of
steering column flash?
– – –1/1
95-19
120699
PN=259
WARNING LIGHT CHECK
Key switch ON.
Push bottom of warning light rocker switch in.
NO: Check fuses and
wiring. See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: Are both front and rear amber lights ON? Are both turn signal indicators and
light in warning light rocker switch flashing?
– – –1/1
HORN CHECK
Push horn button
NO: Check fuses and
wiring. See your
authorized dealer.
LISTEN: Did horn sound?
– – –1/1
CAB COMPONENT CHECKS
– – –1/1
SEAT LINKAGE CHECK
Lift lever (1).
Move seat forward and rearward and release lever.
NO: Repair linkage. See
LOOK: Does lever move freely and lock seat in desired
position?
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
– – –1/1
95-20
120699
PN=260
SEAT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT CHECK
Turn knob (3) or lift lever to raise or lower seat to
desired position.
LOOK: Does seat move up or down and remain in
desired position?
dealer.
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
– – –1/1
SEAT SWIVEL LINKAGE
CHECK
Lift lever (2) up.
Move seat from loader to backhoe position and engage
latch.
NO: Lubricate or repair
linkage. See your
authorized dealer.
LOOK: Does seat latch move freely and hold seat in
desired position?
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in loader
and backhoe positions?
– – –1/1
SEAT BACK LINKAGE
CHECK
Lift lever (4) up.
Position seat back as desired and engage latch.
linkage. See your
authorized dealer.
FEEL: Does lever move freely and hold seat in desired
positions?
T103194 –UN–20AUG96
– – –1/1
LEFT CAB DOOR LATCH
AND OPENER CHECK
Unlatch door.
Observe door as it opens.
NO: Adjust cab door. See
Pull door closed and latch it.
FEEL: Does cab door latch work freely?
LOOK: Will door cylinder push door open?
LOOK: Does cab door contact door stop bumper before door cylinder bottoms?
– – –1/1
95-21
120699
PN=261
RIGHT DOOR LATCH
AND OPENER CHECK (IF
EQUIPPED)
Unlatch door and pull door open.
Close and latch door.
NO: Adjust door. See
FEEL: Does cab door latch work freely?
– – –1/1
REAR WINDOW LATCH
AND OPENER CHECKS
Squeeze latches on both sides of middle rear window. Lower window to rubber
bumpers.
Push latch releases on upper rear window.
NO: Check for
obstructions. See your
authorized dealer.
Observe window as it opens.
Push window up and into window catches and note fit.
Observe cylinders while closing window. Raise middle window and push into latches.
LOOK: Do window latches and hinges move freely?
LOOK: Will the gas-filled cylinders slowly assist raising the window to open position?
NOTE: Cylinders must not be at end of travel when closing window.
LOOK: Do window catches hold and not bow the window in the up position?
– – –1/1
SIDE WINDOW CHECKS
Open left and right rear side windows.
Fasten rear window against front window.
NO: Adjust windows. See
LOOK: Does sleeve on rear window align with knob on
front window?
T6171DF –UN–09DEC88
LOOK/FEEL: Do hinges move freely? Are locking latches
equally loaded when closed?
– – –1/1
95-22
120699
PN=262
BLOWER MOTOR
CHECK
NO: Check wiring
harness. See your
authorized dealer.
T101677 –UN–28JUN96
Engine OFF key switch ON.
Turn blower switch (A) to position 1, 2, 3 and 4.
FEEL/LISTEN: Does blower fan have four speeds?
Does air exit from ducts?
– – –1/1
HEATER
dealer.
T101678 –UN–28JUN96
Start engine and run at fast idle.
Wait two minutes.
Turn heater temperature switch (A) to maximum heat. Turn blower switch (B) to high
speed.
FEEL: Is air from ducts warm?
– – –1/1
95-23
120699
PN=263
AIR CONDITIONER (IF
EQUIPPED)
dealer.
T101679 –UN–28JUN96
Start engine and run at fast idle.
Turn air conditioner switch (A) to ON position.
Turn blower switch (B) to high speed.
Turn temperature switch (C) to cold position.
Wait for any warm air in duct system to dissipate.
FEEL: Is air from ducts cool?
– – –1/1
REAR WINDSHIELD
WIPER CHECK
Turn key to ON position.
Push rear wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position.
NO: Check fuse. Check
rear wiper. See your
authorized dealer.
Push rear wiper rocker switch all the way in.
Push rear wiper switch to OFF position.
LOOK: Rear wiper must operate and have two speeds.
LOOK: Wipers must return to park position.
– – –1/1
FRONT WINDSHIELD
WIPER CHECK
Push front wiper rocker switch to first detent, middle position.
NO: Check fuse. Check
front wiper. See your
authorized dealer.
Push front wiper switch all the way in.
Push front wiper switch to OFF position.
LOOK: Do both front wipers operate and have two speeds?
LOOK: Do wipers return to the park position?
– – –1/1
95-24
120699
PN=264
FRONT WINDSHIELD
WASHER CHECK
Push windshield washer rocker switch in.
NO: Check fluid level,
and fluid lines for
blockage. Check wiring.
See your authorized
dealer.
LOOK: Fluid must spray on both front windows. Rocker switch must return to OFF
position.
– – –1/1
CAB DOME LIGHT
CHECK
Push dome light switch to ON position.
NO: Check fuse and
LOOK: Do lights come ON?
– – –1/1
MISCELLANEOUS CHECKS
– – –1/1
VANDAL PROTECTION
CHECK
Lock cab door(s) using ignition key.
FEEL: Does lock operate freely and key not stick in lock?
lock. See your authorized
dealer.
– – –1/1
95-25
120699
PN=265
CHECK PERIODIC
MAINTENANCE DECAL
Check periodic maintenance decal on inside of hood access door.
LOOK: Is periodic maintenance decal legible?
NO: Replace decal. Go to
John Deere Dealer for
part.
– – –1/1
BACKHOE TRANSPORT
PIN CHECK
Raise boom into transport position.
YES: Operational
Checkout completed.
Remove swing lock pin from holder in cab and install through top and bottom holes of
swing frame and through main frame.
LOOK: Does swing lock pin install freely?
NO: Repair or replace
swing lock pin. Check pin
bore for burrs or
obstruction. See your
authorized dealer.
– – –1/1
95-26
120699
PN=266
Troubleshooting
NOTE: Diagnostic charts are arranged from most
probable and simplest to verify, to least likely and
more difficult to verify. Remember the following
steps when diagnosing a problem:
Step 1. Operational Checkout Procedure
Step 2. Troubleshooting Charts
Step 3. Adjustments and/or Tests
Step 4. See your authorized dealer.
TX,100,BD2193
100-1
–19–07OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=267
Troubleshooting
ENGINE
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Will Not Start Or Starts
Hard
Fuel tank empty
Check fuel quantity.
Fuel tank vent plugged
Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.
No electrical power to injection pump
solenoid
Turn key switch to ON position. Must
hear click at injection pump. Replace
fuse. Repair wiring.
Water in fuel or water frozen in fuel
line
Drain water from fuel tank. Inspect
fuel filter for water. Change filter.
Debris in fuel or wrong grade of fuel
Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
type of fuel debris. Check bottom of
fuel tank for debris. Clean tank. Add
fuel. Check grade of fuel. Add
correct fuel. (See Fuels and
Air leak on suction side of fuel
system
Check for bubbles in fuel filter and
tighten connections. Inspect fuel
lines for damage.
Fuel transfer pump diaphragm
leaking
Check engine oil for fuel dilution.
Slow cranking speed
Check battery and connections.
Incorrect engine oil (cold weather).
Restricted air filter
Check air filter restriction indicator
and air filters. Clean.
Stuck injection pump metering valve.
Tap injection pump housing (lightly)
if engine now starts. Replace
metering valve. See your authorized
dealer.
Faulty electric shutoff
Test shutoff solenoid. See your
authorized dealer.
Improper injection pump timing
See your authorized dealer.
100-2
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–1/9
120699
PN=268
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Engine Surges Or Stalls
Frequently
Problem
Solution
Injection pump
Injection nozzle(s)
Remove and test nozzles. See your
authorized dealer.
Worn compression rings or low
compression
Blown head gasket
Air in fuel
Inspect filter for evidence of air in
fuel. Tighten connections and bleed
fuel system.
Fuel tank vent plugged
Remove cap and listen for sound of
air entering tank. Replace cap.
Check fuel tank outlet strainer for
debris. Check bottom of fuel tank for
debris. Clean tank. Add fuel. Check
grade of fuel.
Water in fuel
Drain fuel tank and inspect filter
element for water. Replace filters.
Fuel filter plugged
Replace filter.
Return line from injection pump to
tank restricted
Fuel injection pump out of time
Check return oil fitting on top of
injection pump control cover
plugged.
Injection pump metering valve
sticking
Engine overheating
Fuel transfer pump
Fuel injection pump
100-3
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–2/9
120699
PN=269
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Engine Misses
Engine Does Not Develop Power
Problem
Solution
Injection nozzle(s)
Improper valve clearance
Check and adjust valve clearance.
Valve sticking or burned
Worn or broken compression rings
or cylinder head gasket leaking
Air in fuel
Check for evidence of air in filter.
Tighten connections and bleed fuel
system.
Check fuel tank for water. Check fuel
tank strainer and fuel filter for debris.
Clean. Check grade of fuel.
Idle speeds out of adjustment (too
low)
Fuel injection pump out of time
Fuel transfer pump
Injection pump governor faulty or
metering valve sticking
Engine overheating
Incorrect valve clearance
Check and adjust valve clearance.
Bent push rods
Cylinder head gasket leaking
Valve sticking or burned
Worn or broken compression rings
Fuel injection pump
Injection nozzle(s) plugged
Fuel tank outlet strainer plugged
Check fuel tank for water or debris.
Remove and clean.
100-4
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–3/9
120699
PN=270
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Engine Emits Excessive Black or
Gray Exhaust Smoke
Problem
Solution
Fuel filter plugged
Replace fuel filter.
Wrong grade of fuel
Drain and add correct fuel.
Air system restricted
Check air filter restriction and air
filters. Clean.
Incorrect high idle speed (too low) or
linkage out of adjustment
Adjust linkage. Check high idle
speed. See your authorized dealer.
Incorrect engine or injection pump
timing
Incorrect valve clearance
Adjust valve clearance.
Injection pump return fuel tube or
fittings are restricted
Fuel transfer pump malfunction
Fuel line restricted
Excess drag in brake system
Excess drag in axle
Muffler restricted
Injection pump delivery or governor
faulty
Injection nozzle(s)
Low compression
Worn camshaft
Restricted air filter
Check air filter restriction and air
filters. Clean or replace.
Incorrect grade of fuel
Incorrect injection pump timing
Excessive fuel delivery
100-5
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–4/9
120699
PN=271
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Engine Emits Excessive Blue or
White Smoke
Slow Acceleration
Detonation (Excess Engine
Knock)
Abnormal Engine Noise
Problem
Solution
Injection nozzle(s)
Turbocharger not functioning
Cranking speed too slow
Check batteries and connections.
Engine running too cold
Check thermostat operation. See
Injection pump out of time
Injection nozzle(s)
Low compression
Excessive wear in liners and/or
piston rings stuck
Wrong grade of fuel
Injection nozzle(s)
Fuel injection pump
Low engine oil level.
Add oil.
Stuck cold weather starting aid
Low coolant temperature
Low or incorrect engine oil (too thin)
Add correct oil to proper level.
Loose or worn hydraulic pump drive
coupling
Engine oil diluted with fuel
Inspect engine oil. See your
authorized dealer.
Incorrect fuel injection pump timing
100-6
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–5/9
120699
PN=272
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Low Oil Pressure (Oil Pressure
Light On—Red "Stop" Flashing)
Problem
Solution
Excessive valve clearance
Adjust valve clearance.
Bent push rods
Worn rocker arm shafts
Loose connecting rod caps
Loose main bearing caps
Worn main bearings
Worn connecting rod bearings
Incorrect cam timing
Scored piston
Worn piston pin bushings and pins
Low oil level
Add oil to proper level. Inspect
engine oil.
Wrong viscosity oil/oil diluted with
diesel fuel
Change oil and see your authorized
dealer.
Oil pressure switch or indicator
Oil pressure regulating valve
Plugged or broken oil pump intake
screen
Loose oil pump drive gear
Worn oil pump gear or housing
Excessive main bearing, connecting
rod or balance shaft clearance
Cracked cylinder block
Leakage at internal oil passage
100-7
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–6/9
120699
PN=273
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Engine Overheats (Engine
Coolant Indicator Light On And
Red "Stop" Flashing)
Low coolant level
Fill cooling system and check for
leaks.
Low engine oil level
Add oil.
Loose or broken fan belt
Engine overloaded, operating in
wrong gear
Reduce load.
Fan on backwards
Radiator dirty or plugged
Radiator shroud missing, damaged
or baffles missing
Improper fuel
Radiator cap
Replace cap.
Faulty temperature sender
Excessive axle drag
Check axle drag. See Operational
Checkout Procedure.
Excessive brake drag
Check Brake drag. See Operational
Checkout Procedure.
Faulty thermostat (Stuck closed)
Thermostat missing, cooling system
coated with lime deposits
Water pump
Excessive fuel delivery
Scored piston
Thermostat (stuck open)
Engine Runs Cold
100-8
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–7/9
120699
PN=274
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Oil In Coolant or Coolant In Oil
Leaking cylinder head gasket
Leaking cylinder liner packing
Cracked cylinder liner
Oil cooler
Cracked cylinder block
Air system restricted
Check filter restriction indicator and
air filters. Replace.
Leakage in fuel system
Inspect. Repair.
Refill with correct fuel.
Operator holding hydraulics over
relief.
Return control levers to neutral
position.
High system relief valve setting
Faulty injection nozzle(s)
Bearings not lubricated
Worn bearings
Air leak in engine, intake or exhaust
manifold
Improper clearance between turbine
wheel and turbine housing
Broken blades on turbine
Damaged or worn bearings and/or
worn seals
Excessive crankcase pressure
Excessive Fuel Consumption
Turbocharger Excessively Noisy
or Vibrates
Oil Dripping From Turbocharger
Adapter
100-9
TX,100,BD2194
–19–07OCT96–8/9
120699
PN=275
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Excessive Drag In Turbocharger
Rotating Members
Problem
Solution
Turbocharger oil return line carbon
buildup where line passes exhaust
manifold.
Carbon build-up behind turbine
wheel caused by combustion
deposits
Dirt build-up behind compressor
wheel caused by air intake leaks
Bearing seizure or dirty or worn
bearings caused by excessive
temperature, unbalanced wheel, dirty
oil, oil starvation, or insufficient
lubrication
Check for plugged air filters.
TX,100,BD2194
100-10
–19–07OCT96–9/9
120699
PN=276
Troubleshooting
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Starting Motor Will Not Turn
Start fuse.
Check and replace if necessary.
Loose red connector.
Check under loader control lever and
push connectors together.
Starter.
Listen for “click” from starter
solenoid. If “click” is not heard, the
starter control circuit is functioning. If
“click” is not heard, repair starter.
Start relay.
With the machine in neutral and
clutch disconnect switch depressed,
remove left-hand engine side shield
and listen for “click” from starter
relay when the key switch is moved
to START position. If “click” is heard,
the key switch, circuit breaker, start
fuse, connectors, and neutral start
switch are functioning and the starter
relay, relay ground, or starter is
worn. See your authorized dealer.
Loose “bullet” connectors on start
fuse holder.
Key switch.
Neutral start switch.
Start relay ground.
Start relay contacts.
Battery.
Corroded, loose, or broken battery
post.
Wiring.
Excessive power train load.
Depress clutch disconnect switch.
100-11
TX,100,BD2195
–19–07OCT96–1/5
120699
PN=277
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Starter Solenoid Chatters
Poor or corroded connections at
battery, battery ground strap, or
starter.
Inspect, clean, and tighten if
necessary.
Low battery voltage.
Pinion gear not moving into engine
flywheel ring gear.
Broken teeth on flywheel.
Loose or corroded battery cables.
Inspect and clean or tighten.
Loose battery ground cable.
Open battle cry cover and inspect
and tighten battery ground cable.
Excessive power train load.
Depress clutch disconnect switch.
Excessive engine load.
Change engine oil to proper grade
for temperature.
Starter solenoid stuck.
Lightly tap on case of starter
solenoid.
Starter not disengaging.
Lightly tap on starter case to
determine if starter “shift” lever is
stuck.
Starter relay stuck on.
Lightly tap on starter relay to
determine if relay is stuck.
Wiring harness.
Broken teeth in ring gear.
Overrunning clutch slippage.
Starting motor.
Cracked battery case.
Replace battery.
Starting Motor Spins But Will Not
Crank Engine
Engine Cranks Slowly
Starting Motor Continues To Run
Excessive Noise When Engine Is
Cranking
Battery Uses Too Much Water
100-12
TX,100,BD2195
–19–07OCT96–2/5
120699
PN=278
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Cracked Battery Case
Low Battery Output
Charging Indicator Light
Remains On With Engine
Running
Problem
Solution
High ambient temperature.
Refill with distilled water.
Battery cell.
Check if one or more cells take more
water than others.
Battery being overcharged.
No battery hold down clamp.
Replace battery and install hold
down clamp.
Loose battery hold down clamp.
Replace battery and install hold
down clamp.
Battery hold down clamp too tight.
Replace battery and install battery
hold down clamp properly.
Frozen battery.
Keep battery full charged in cold
weather.
Low water level.
Add water.
Dirty or wet battery top causing
discharge.
Clean and wipe battery top dry.
Corroded or loose battery cables.
Clean and tighten battery cables.
Broken battery post.
Wiggle battery post by hand. If post
wiggles or turns, replace battery.
Battery cell.
Excessive electrical load.
Wrong size battery.
Too many accessories.
Loose or glazed alternator belt.
Check belt. Tighten if loose. Replace
if glazed.
100-13
TX,100,BD2195
–19–07OCT96–3/5
120699
PN=279
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Alternator Light Out But Low
Charging System Voltage
High Charging System Voltage
(Battery Boiling)
Noisy Alternator
Problem
Solution
Engine rpm low.
Raise engine rpm above 1000 rpm.
If light remains on, see your
authorized dealer.
Diode or phase winding.
Increase engine rpm to fast idle. If
light goes out or gets dim, it
indicates a worn diode or phase
winding See your authorized dealer.
Excessive electrical load from added
accessories.
Loose or corroded electrical
connections on battery, ground
strap, starter, or alternator.
Inspect. Clean, or tighten electrical
connections.
Battery.
Regulator or alternator.
Monitor/gauge fuse.
Turn key switch to BULB CHECK
position. If no lights, replace fuse.
Indicator light bulb.
Inspect and replace if necessary.
Loose wiring connector.
Inspect and repair.
Wiring harness.
Poor connection or broken wire
between alternator and starter
solenoid.
Regulator.
Worn bearings in alternator.
Remove belt and feel for rough
bearing while turning alternator
pulley.
Drive belt.
Inspect and replace if necessary.
Pulley not aligned.
Inspect.
100-14
TX,100,BD2195
–19–07OCT96–4/5
120699
PN=280
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Loose alternator belt or mounting.
Inspect and tighten if necessary.
Diodes.
TX,100,BD2195
100-15
–19–07OCT96–5/5
120699
PN=281
Troubleshooting
GAUGES AND INDICATORS
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No
indicator Lights, Machine Will
Not Crank
Start relay fuse.
Replace fuse.
Poor or loose red connector from
relay.
Push red connector together under
loader control lever.
Poor or loose ground connection.
Check ground screw under loader
control lever.
Gauge fuse.
Replace fuse.
Poor or loose ground connection.
Check ground screw under loader
control lever.
Fuel shutoff fuse.
Replace fuse.
Wire to injection.
Repair wire.
Ground solenoid.
Repair ground.
Injection pump.
Replace solenoid.
Indicator light.
Turn key switch to BULB CHECK. If
no light, replace bulb.
Wire or connector.
Sender.
Replace sender.
Gauge fuse.
Replace fuse.
Indicator light.
no light, replace bulb.
Fuel Gauge Does Not Move, No
Indicator Lights, But Machine
Will Crank
Machine Cranks But Will Not
Start
Engine Coolant Temperature
Indicator Light Does Not Indicate
Overheating Or Bulb Does Not
Light In BULB CHECK Position
Engine Oil Pressure Indicator
Will Not Light
100-16
TX,100,BD2196
–19–07OCT96–1/4
120699
PN=282
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Alternator Indicator Will Not
Light
Monitor Lights Do Not Come On
During BULB CHECK
Fuel Gauge Shows Empty At All
Times
Fuel Gauge Shows Full At All
Times
Problem
Solution
Wire, connector or sender.
Ground yellow wire at sender.
Indicator must light. If not, repair
wiring or replace sender.
Monitor/gauge fuse.
Replace fuse.
Indicator light.
indicator does not light, replace bulb.
Wire or connector.
Monitor/gauge fuse.
Replace fuse.
Indicator light.
Replace bulb.
Wire or connection.
Monitor module.
Poor ground connections at gauge.
Remove dash panel and check
gauge mounting hardware.
Poor power connection at gauge.
Remove dash panel and check
gauge mounting hardware.
Hole in fuel sender float.
Look at float in tank to see if it is
floating. Replace sender unit.
Ground fuel sender. Gauge must
indicate full. If it does not, the wiring
is defective. Repair wiring. See your
authorized dealer.
Gauge.
Replace gauge.
Open circuit at sender or wire.
Remove wire at sender. If gauge still
indicates full, locate and repair short
between sender and gauge.
100-17
TX,100,BD2196
–19–07OCT96–2/4
120699
PN=283
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Horn Does Not Sound
Windshield Wiper Does Not
Operate
Heater Fan Does Not Operate
No Work Or Driving Lights
Rear Lights Do Not Operate
Problem
Solution
Sender float stuck.
Look in fuel tank. See if float is
above fuel level. Repair or replace
sender. Remove sender wire. If
gauge still indicates full, replace
gauge.
Horn ground.
Ground horn to machine frame.
Horn fuse.
Check and replace.
Horn.
Replace horn.
Horn button.
Replace horn button.
Wiring harness.
Wiper fuse.
Check and replace.
Loose or broken wire.
Inspect wiring for breaks or loose
connections. Repair.
Wiper switch.
Wiper motor.
Heater fuse.
Check and replace.
Loose or broken wire.
Inspect wiring for breaks or loose
connections. Repair.
Heater switch.
Heater motor.
Driving light fuse.
Check and replace.
Poor ground.
Inspect and tighten.
Light switch.
Burned out bulb.
Replace with new bulb.
Loose connector in wiring harness of
ROPS.
Inspect and reconnect.
100-18
TX,100,BD2196
–19–07OCT96–3/4
120699
PN=284
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Dim Lights
Return-To-Dig Does Not Operate
Neutral Disconnect Does Not
Disengage.
Problem
Solution
Poor ground at light.
Inspect and tighten.
Low battery charge.
Check battery connections.
Low alternator output.
Check belt tension and adjust.
Poor ground at lights.
Clean and tighten.
Return-to-dig/beacon/pump fuse.
Replace fuse.
Boom switch out of adjustment.
Check cam to see if it activates
switch. Adjust as required. See
Adjusting Loader Bucket Level
Self-Leveling Linkage and
Return-to-Dig in this manual,
Chapter 35.
Wiring.
Inspect and repair wiring.
Solenoid on loader valve.
FNR/park brake fuse.
Replace fuse.
Park brake switch
Loader lever switch
Gear shift lever switch
Wire.
Inspect and repair wire.
Solenoid.
Replace solenoid. See your
authorized dealer.
TX,100,BD2196
100-19
–19–07OCT96–4/4
120699
PN=285
Troubleshooting
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Reservoir Drains When Changing
Hydraulic Filter
Return tube vent hole in reservoir
may be plugged.
Remove, inspect and repair. See
Vent tube broken off inside reservoir.
Remove and repair. See your
authorized dealer.
Low oil level.
Add oil to correct level.
Failed pump drive shaft.
Replace. See your authorized
dealer.
Pump problem.
Remove hydraulic filter and inspect.
If filter contains excessive amounts
of metal material, see your
authorized dealer.
Obstruction in oil lines or valves.
Inspect for pinched lines or stuck
valve spools. See your authorized
dealer.
Loader system relief problem.
Check system relief. See your
authorized dealer.
Low loader hydraulic power.
Incorrect loader system relief
pressure setting. See your
authorized dealer.
Hydraulic oil aerated.
Incorrect oil; drain and refill. Suction
hose has air leak; inspect and
tighten.
Leakage within work circuit.
Low oil level.
Check oil levels. (See Fuels and
Incorrect system relief pressure
setting.
Priority valve.
No Loader Or Steering
Hydraulics
No Loader Hydraulics (Steering
OK)
Low Hydraulic Power
Slow Steering Hydraulics
100-20
TX,100,BD2210
–19–08OCT96–1/7
120699
PN=286
Troubleshooting
Symptom
No Steering Hydraulics (Loader
Hydraulics OK)
Machine Transport Speed Is Low
Engine Pulls Down Excessively
During Loader Operation
Engine Pulls Down Excessively
During Backhoe Operation
Slow Backhoe Hydraulics—
Loader OK
Slow Hydraulic Functions
Problem
Solution
Steering valve leakage.
Steering cylinder leakage.
Steering linkage.
Inspect and repair. See your
authorized dealer.
Priority valve problem.
Worn steering pressure regulating
valve.
Engine or transmission problem.
Hydraulic system restrictors.
System relief pressure setting too
high.
Engine not operating to
specifications.
Check engine performance. See
System relief high pressure setting
too high.
Pump unloading problem.
Auxiliary pump flow low.
Check auxiliary pump flow. See your
authorized dealer.
Pump unloading relief setting too
low.
Auxiliary pump solenoid problem.
Control valve worn.
Low pump flow.
System relief leaking.
Low oil level.
Add oil to correct level. (See Fuels
and Lubricants chapter.)
100-21
TX,100,BD2210
–19–08OCT96–2/7
120699
PN=287
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Loader Or Backhoe Operates
Slowly In One Function
No Loader Or Backhoe Power In
One Function
Slow Loader And Backhoe
Hydraulics (Low Pump Output)
Problem
Solution
Engine rpm too low.
Increase rpm or check engine
speed. (See Check Engine Speed in
this manual.)
tighten. (See Fuels and Lubricants
chapter.)
Hose or line leakage.
Inspect and tighten fittings.
System relief valve stuck or leaking.
Control valve section problem.
Control lever and linkage out of
adjustment.
Inspect lever and linkage. See your
authorized dealer.
Circuit relief valve or plug leakage in
control valve.
Hydraulic cylinder leakage.
Bent cylinder rod.
Control lever and linkage out of
adjustment.
Inspect lever and linkage. See your
authorized dealer.
Circuit relief valve or plug leakage in
control valve.
Bent or restricted line.
Inspect and repair.
Hydraulic control valve not operating
properly.
Remove, inspect and repair. See
chapter.)
Incorrect system relief valve setting.
100-22
TX,100,BD2210
–19–08OCT96–3/7
120699
PN=288
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Low Hydraulic Power (Low
Hydraulic Pressure)
Hydraulic Function Makes
Chattering Noise
Functions Drift
Control Valve Sticks Or Works
Hard
Problem
Solution
Main pump.
Low oil level (no aeration of oil).
chapter.)
Incorrect system relief valve.
Incorrect system relief valve setting.
Leakage within work circuit.
Excessive leakage in hydraulic
system.
Low oil level.
chapter.)
Worn or wrong circuit relief valve
installed in backhoe valve.
Oil leaking past valve port.
Oil leaking past cylinders or valve.
Control valve linkage binding.
Inspect and adjust linkage. See your
authorized dealer.
Hydraulic system overheating.
Return spring rubbing on spring cap.
Broken return spring.
100-23
TX,100,BD2210
–19–08OCT96–4/7
120699
PN=289
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Hydraulic Oil Overheats
Foaming Oil
Hydraulic Pump Leaking
Problem
Solution
Contamination in control valve.
Remove and clean. See your
authorized dealer.
Scored valve bore or bent spool.
Excessive load.
Reduce load.
Operator holding hydraulic system
over relief.
Return levers to neutral when not in
use.
Oil levels too low in reservoir.
Check levels and add oil. Use
recommended oil. (See Fuels and
Using low viscosity oil in hot
weather.
Use recommended oil. (See Fuels
Hydraulic cooling system restricted
Clean around radiators and coolers.
Incorrect system relief valve
pressure.
Plugged oil cooler.
Clean oil cooler.
Excessive leakage in the hydraulic
system.
Oil level too low or too high.
Check oil level. Adjust to full mark
on sight gauge.
Incorrect type of oil.
Use recommended oil. (See Fuels
Air leak on suction side of pump.
Oil maintenance not performed.
Perform correct maintenance. (See
Periodic Maintenance chapter.)
Cap screws that hold pump sections
are loose.
Tighten to torque specifications. See
Worn shaft seal.
100-24
TX,100,BD2210
–19–08OCT96–5/7
120699
PN=290
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Excessive Pump Noise
Steering Valve Does Not Return
To Neutral
No Response When Steering
Wheel Is Turned
Machine Turns In Opposite
Direction
Problem
Solution
Broken pump seal or backup gasket.
Hydraulic oil overheating.
Determine cause of overheating.
See Hydraulic Oil Overheats in this
chapter.
Low oil level.
Hydraulic filter bypass valve
chattering.
Replace filter. Inspect, clean, and
repair.
Worn pump drive.
Oil lines in contact with operator’s
station. (Worn cab, transmission, or
canopy rubber isolators.)
Pump attaching hardware loose.
Retighten to specification. (See
Maintenance chapter.)
Leakage in hydraulic circuit.
Broken centering springs
Damaged steering valve sleeve.
Low oil level
Check reservoir oil level.
External leakage.
Steering cylinder leakage.
Worn main pump.
Steering cylinder lines not connected
properly.
Connect steering cylinder lines to
opposite ports.
100-25
TX,100,BD2210
–19–08OCT96–6/7
120699
PN=291
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Excessive Vibration Of Steering
Wheel
Misalignment of steering valve
gerotor.
Machine Turns When Steering
Valve Is In Neutral
Misalignment of steering column to
steering valve.
Steering Wheel Kickback
Check valve leakage.
Steering Wheel Turns Hard
Check valve leakage.
TX,100,BD2210
100-26
–19–08OCT96–7/7
120699
PN=292
Troubleshooting
TRANSMISSION
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Machine Will Not Move In
Forward Or Reverse
Low oil level in transmission
Brakes dragging
Park brake not releasing
Disconnect clutch not disengaging
Restricted modulation orifice
Worn or slipping forward/reverse
clutch disks
Clutch disconnect switch is not
hooked up
Low or no system pressure
Converter drive splines worn or not
engaged in pump drive shaft
Pump gears seized
Mechanical failure in transmission
Transmission shifter forks and/or
shaft broken
Broken drive shafts
Inspect drive shafts and universal
joints for external damage. See your
authorized dealer.
Broken ring or pinion gear
Solenoids worn or have no power
Low oil level
Add oil.
Wrong oil grade
Change oil.
Leak in transmission control valve or
gaskets
Transmission Slippage
100-27
TX,100,BD2198
–19–07OCT96–1/5
120699
PN=293
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Machine “Creeps” With FNR In
Neutral
Machine Lacks Power Or Moves
Slow
Problem
Solution
Low transmission pump flow due to
worn pump
Converter bad
Weak or broken pressure regulating
valve spring
Warped disks and plates in
transmission
Piston in clutch pack stuck
Staked ball in end of clutch shafts
came out
Solenoid stuck
Seals blown
Oil level is low
Wrong oil, aerated oil
Change oil.
Brake dragging
Check for excessive heat in brake
area of axle housing after operating
machine. See your authorized
dealer.
Park brake dragging, piston stuck
Engine fast idle speed set too low
Low pressure in transmission system
Clutch pack slipping
Clutch pack dragging, disks warped
Failed torque converter
Wrong torque converter
Low engine power
100-28
TX,100,BD2198
–19–07OCT96–2/5
120699
PN=294
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Transmission Shifts Too Slow
Transmission Shifts Too Fast
Transmission Overheats
Problem
Solution
Mechanical failure in transmission or
axle
Low or high oil level (aeration of oil)
Add oil or drain.
Wrong oil
Change oil.
Transmission pump malfunction
Transmission pump oil pickup
blocked
Pressure regulating valve setting
incorrect
Clutch pack slipping
Restricted modulation orifice
Control valve leaking
Restricted oil passage to clutch pack
Pressure regulating valve blocked
Modulation valve piston stuck or
spring broken
Oil level too high or too low
Check oil level and correct.
Incorrect type of oil
Drain and replace oil.
Clutch pack dragging, worn disks
Torque converter stalled excessively
Operating in too high a gear
Operate one gear lower.
Oil cooler air flow restricted
Missing baffles, damaged fan
shrouds or loose fan belt
Oil cooler restricted internally
100-29
TX,100,BD2198
–19–07OCT96–3/5
120699
PN=295
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Excessive Power Train Noise
Excessive Gear Clash When
Shifting
Problem
Solution
Oil flow to or from cooler restricted
Converter-in relief valve stuck open
or broken spring
Torque converter malfunction
Low transmission pump flow
Transmission mechanical
malfunction
Engine over-fueled
Engine low idle too slow
Oil level low
Fill to correct oil level.
Worn or damaged parts in
transmission or axle.
Worn universal joints on drive shaft
Misalignment of power train
components
No oil in lube circuit
Hydraulic lines in contact with power
train components
Assembly adjustments or setting
made incorrectly
Attempt to shift too fast
See Operator’s Manual for
instructions.
Shifting without using disconnect
clutch
Depress clutch disconnect when
shifting.
Shifters worn or broken
Synchronizer malfunction
100-30
TX,100,BD2198
–19–07OCT96–4/5
120699
PN=296
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Transmission Pressure Light
Comes On
Cold oil
Warm oil to specifications.
Low oil level
Add oil.
Plugged oil filter
Inspect filter. Replace.
Low transmission pressure, leak
Transmission pump malfunction
TX,100,BD2198
100-31
–19–07OCT96–5/5
120699
PN=297
Troubleshooting
MFWD
Symptom
Problem
Solution
No Power To MFWD
Drive shaft failure
Inspect and repair. See Technical
Manual.
Failed axle shaft in MFWD
Failed ring gear or pinion in front
axle
Failed MFWD gear train components
in transmission
Wheel U-joint failure
Failed outboard planetary
Failed axle shaft in MFWD
Failed limited-slip in MFWD
Solenoid worn or has no power
Clutch stuck.
Internal transmission leak (MFWD
tube)
No Power To One Wheel Of
MFWD
MFWD Will Not Disengage
TX,100,BD2199
100-32
–19–07OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=298
Troubleshooting
REAR AXLE
Symptom
Problem
Solution
No Differential Lock Operation
Malfunction in electrical circuit to
solenoid
With engine stopped and key switch
turn to accessory, activate
differential lock and listen for a click
from solenoid valve.
Do Differential Lock Operational
Checks.
Differential Lock Slips Or
Chatters When Engaged
Differential Lock Will Not Release
Stuck differential lock solenoid valve
turn to accessory, activate
differential lock and listen for a click
from solenoid valve. See your
authorized dealer.
Excessive leakage in differential lock
piston seals
Stuck differential lock piston
Disassemble, inspect, repair. See
Excessive wear on differential lock
engaging gears
Disassemble, inspect, repair. See
Excessive leakage differential lock
piston seals
Failed seals on differential lock
solenoid valve
Excessive wear of differential lock
engaging gears
Stuck foot switch
Inspect.
Malfunction in electrical circuit
on, activate differential lock and
listen for a click from solenoid valve.
100-33
TX,100,BD2200
–19–07OCT96–1/3
120699
PN=299
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Rear Axle Overfilled With Oil
Poor Service Brakes
Service Brakes Will Not Release
Problem
Solution
Stuck differential lock solenoid valve
on, activate differential lock and
listen for a click from solenoid valve.
Stuck differential lock engaging
gears
Differential lock piston seals leaking
Service brake piston seals leaking
Park brake piston seals leaking
Air in brake valve or lines or piston
Bleed brakes. See Bleeding Brakes
in Maintenance chapter.
Brake valve leaks
Brake piston seals leak.
Brake disks worn excessively
Restriction in brake circuit
Low oil level
Check oil level and fill.
Brake pedal not returning to full up
position
Warped brake disks
Stuck brake piston
No free travel on brake adjusters
Brake valve malfunction
Wrong oil in rear axle
Drain and refill with correct oil.
Disks worn excessively
Brake Valve leakage
100-34
TX,100,BD2200
–19–07OCT96–2/3
120699
PN=300
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Problem
Solution
Park Brake Will Not Hold
Worn parts
Inspect and replace. See your
authorized dealer.
Mechanically disengaged (tow
release)
Check and adjust cap screws. See
Check Park Brake in Maintenance—
As Required chapter.
Low hydraulic pressure oil to park
brake
Park brake solenoid not working
Piston stuck
Park Brake Will Not Release
TX,100,BD2200
100-35
–19–07OCT96–3/3
120699
PN=301
Storage
PREPARE MACHINE FOR STORAGE
–UN–09NOV88
1. Repair worn or damaged parts. Install new parts, if
necessary, to avoid needless delays later.
T47764
2. Loosen alternator and fan belts.
3. Clean primary air cleaner element.
T5813AM –UN–09FEB89
IMPORTANT: High pressure washing [greater than
1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)] can
damage freshly painted finishes. Paint
should be allowed to air dry for 30 days
minimum after receipt of machine
before cleaning parts or machines with
high pressure. Use low pressure wash
operations until 30 days have elapsed.
4. Wash the machine. Use low pressure wash operations
[less than 1379 kPa (13.8 bar) (200 psi)] until 30 days
after receipt of machine have elapsed. Paint areas to
prevent rust. Replace decals, where needed.
5. Remove seat cushion and other perishable items.
IMPORTANT: LPS 31 Rust Inhibitor can destroy
painted finish. DO NOT spray LPS 3
Rust Inhibitor on painted surfaces.
6. Retract all hydraulic cylinders, if possible. If not, coat
exposed cylinder rods with LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor.
7. Lubricate all grease points.
8. If possible, raise machine high enough so tires do not
touch the ground. If not, park on a hard surface to
prevent tires from freezing to ground.
T7447AO
–19–22APR91
9. Store machine in a dry, protected place. If stored
outside, cover with a waterproof material.
1
LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation.
105-1
TX,105,FF1190 –19–03AUG92–1/2
120699
PN=302
Storage
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible machine damage from
unauthorized persons operating
machine. Attach a DO NOT OPERATE
tag to steering wheel.
10. Place a “DO NOT OPERATE” tag on the steering
wheel.
11. Remove keys and lock all covers and doors.
TX,105,FF1190 –19–03AUG92–2/2
MONTHLY STORAGE PROCEDURE
CAUTION: Engine exhaust fumes can cause
sickness or death. Start engine ONLY in a
well-ventilated area.
1. Drain water and sediment from fuel tank when air
temperature is above freezing.
2. Remove LPS 31 Rust Inhibitor from cylinder rods with a
cleaning solvent.
1
LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor is manufactured by Holt Lloyd Corporation.
105-2
TX,105,FF,400
–19–06SEP94–1/5
120699
PN=303
Storage
–UN–18OCT88
IMPORTANT: Prevent possible engine damage.
During cold temperatures, check fluidity
of engine oil on dipstick. If the oil
appears waxy and/or jelly-like rather
than liquid, DO NOT attempt to start
engine. Use external heat source to
warm the crankcase until oil appears
fluid.
T6181AU
3. Check all fluid levels. If low, check for leaks and add
oil as required.
4. Check belts.
5. Check condition of all hoses and connections.
6. Check electrolyte level. Charge and install battery.
TX,105,FF,400
–19–06SEP94–2/5
TX,105,FF,400
–19–06SEP94–3/5
7. Check condition of tires. Check tire pressure.
8. Fill fuel tank. (See Fuels and Lubricants chapter.)
–UN–14MAY94
9. Pre-lubricate turbocharger bearings:
T8242BD
• Disconnect fuel shutoff fuse (B).
• Crank engine for 10 seconds.
• Connect fuel shutoff fuse.
10. Start engine. Run at 1/2 speed for 5 minutes. Do not
run at fast or slow idle.
11. Bleed fuel system. If engine fails to start or runs
poorly after starting, change fuel filter(s). Bleed fuel
system again.
105-3
120699
PN=304
Storage
12. Make sure that area is clear to allow for machine
movement. Operate (cycle) loader boom and bucket,
backhoe boom, dipperstick, bucket, and swing
functions for three complete cycles.
T7223BD
–UN–30JAN90
13. Raise machine until tires are off the ground using
front bucket and stabilizers. Engage transmission and
run for 5 minutes shifting gears approximately every
minute.
TX,105,FF,400
–19–06SEP94–4/5
TX,105,FF,400
–19–06SEP94–5/5
14. Park the machine with cylinder rods retracted.
T7223BC
–UN–30JAN90
15. Apply LPS 3 Rust Inhibitor to the exposed cylinder
rod areas.
105-4
120699
PN=305
HELP PREVENT CRIME
TS140 –19–07OCT88
You can help take a bite out of crime by properly
documenting ownership and discouraging theft.
DX,CRPRV,A
–19–03MAR93–1/1
RECORD IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
1. Mark your machines with your own unique numbering
system.
TS156 –UN–23MAR89
2. Record the Product Identification Number (PIN) of the
unit and also individual component identification
numbers for engines, axles, pumps, etc. Include the
PIN numbers on all documentation, such as insurance,
financial, and warranty papers.
DX,CRPRV,H –19–04JUN90–1/1
KEEP PROOF OF OWNERSHIP
1. Take color photographs from several angles of each
machine.
2. Maintain an up-to-date inventory of all your machines.
3. Keep your documented identification numbers, color
photographs, and inventory in a safe, secure location.
DX,CRPRV,I
110-1
–19–04JUN90–1/1
120699
PN=306
PARK INDOORS OUT OF SIGHT
Make machines hard to move:
Park large equipment in front of exits.
Lower equipment to the ground. Remove key.
Remove battery when unit is in storage.
Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.
Lock building.
•
•
•
•
•
DX,CRPRV,J
–19–04JUN90–1/1
DX,CRPRV,K
–19–04JUN90–1/1
WHEN PARKING OUTDOORS
Make machines hard to move:
Park in a well-lighted, fenced area.
Lower all equipment to the ground.
Remove ignition key.
Remove battery when unit is in storage.
Lock cab doors, windows, and vandal-proof devices.
•
•
•
•
•
REDUCE VANDALISM
2. Participate in a neighborhood watch program. Take
written notes of suspicious vehicles or persons and
report your findings to law enforcement agency.
3. Regularly verify that identification plates have not been
removed. If they have, notify law enforcement agency.
Order duplicate plates from your dealer.
T7223BB –UN–22FEB90
1. Install vandal-proof devices.
TX,110,DH1093 –19–09DEC93–1/1
110-2
120699
PN=307
REPORT THEFTS IMMEDIATELY
1. Immediately notify your local law enforcement agency
and insurance agent.
2. Provide a complete description of the machine, all of
the documented identification numbers and color
photographs.
3. Request verification of the identification numbers after
they have been entered with any regional or national
crime information center. Double check the numbers to
be sure they are correct.
4. Notify your John Deere dealer of the theft and request
that its loss be posted with full description and
identification numbers.
DX,CRPRV,G –19–03MAR93–1/1
110-3
120699
PN=308
Specifications
T103503 –UN–10SEP96
310SE AND 315SE SPECIFICATIONS
TX,110,BD2218
115-1
–19–08OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=309
Specifications
310SE AND 315SE BACKHOE LOADER
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change
without notice. Whenever applicable,
specifications are in accordance with SAE
Standards unless otherwise noted, these
specifications are based on a standard machine
with 19.5L-24, 8PR, R4 rear tires; 11L-16, 12PR,
F3 front tires; 0.86 m3 (1.12 cu yd) loader bucket;
610 mm (24 in.) backhoe bucket; ROPS/FOPS;
full fuel tank and 79 kg (175 lb) operator.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick
Height
3.43 m (11 ft 3 in.)
Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick
Retracted
Height
3.53 m (11 ft 7 in.)
Extended
Height
4.29 m (14 ft 1 in.)
Distance
5.56 m (18 ft 3 in.)
Retracted
Distance
5.66 m (18 ft 7 in.)
Extended
Distance
6.68 m (21 ft 11 in.)
Distance
6.63 m (21 ft 9 in.)
Retracted
Distance
6.73 m (22 ft 1 in.)
Extended
Distance
7.72 m (25 ft 4 in.)
A—Loading Height, Truck Loading
Position
B—Reach from Center of Swing
Mast
C—Reach from Center of Rear Axle
115-2
CED,OUO1040,162
–19–10JUN98–1/6
120699
PN=310
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
Depth
4.42 m (14 ft 6 in.)
Retracted
Depth
4.55 m (14 ft 11 in.)
Extended
Depth
5.61 m (18 ft 5 in.)
Distance
4.37 m (14 ft 4 in.)
Retracted
Distance
4.50 m (14 ft 9 in.)
Extended
Distance
5.56 m (18 ft 3 in.)
Distance
4.06 m (13 ft 4 in.)
Retracted
Distance
4.19 m (13 ft 9 in.)
Extended
Distance
5.33 m (17 ft 6 in.)
Clearance
330 mm (13 in.)
Retracted
Clearance
330 mm (13 in.)
Extended
Clearance
330 mm (13 in.)
D—Maximum Digging Depth
E—Digging Depth (SAE)—(1) 10 mm
(2 ft) Flat Bottom
F—Digging Depth (SAE)—(2) 2440
mm (8 ft) Flat Bottom
G—Ground Clearance Minimum
115-3
CED,OUO1040,162
–19–10JUN98–2/6
120699
PN=311
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
Rotation
190°
Retracted
Rotation
190°
Extended
Rotation
190°
Height
3.51 m (11 ft 6 in.)
Retracted
Height
3.48 m (11 ft 5 in.)
Length
7.16 m (23 ft 6 in.)
Width
2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)
Width
3.10 m (10 ft 2 in.)
Width
3.53 m (11 ft 7 in.)
Width
2.24 m (7 ft 6 in.)
Width
2.18 m (7 ft 2 in.)
H—Bucket Rotation
I—Transport Height
J—Overall Length, Transport
Backhoe
K—Stabilizer Width, Transport
Backhoe
L—Stabilizer Spread, Operating
Backhoe
M—Overall Width, Stabilizer Spread
(Less Loader Bucket)—310SE
Backhoe
M—Overall Width, Stabilizer
Spread—315SE
Backhoe
N—Width Over Tires
Backhoe
115-4
CED,OUO1040,162
–19–10JUN98–3/6
120699
PN=312
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
O—Height to Cab/ROPS Top
Backhoe
Height
2.79 m (9 ft 2 in.)
Distance
1.12 m (3 ft 8 in.)
Length
2.10 m (6 ft 10 in.)
Heavy Duty Long Lip 0.86 m3
(1.12 yd3)
Height
3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)
Heavy Duty Long Lip 1.0 m3 (1.30
yd3)
Height
3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)
Multipurpose 0.76 m3 (1.00 yd3)
Height
3.4 m (11 ft 2 in.)
(1.12 yd3)
Clearance
2.69 m (8 ft 10 in.)
yd3)
Clearance
2.64 m (8 ft 8 in.)
Clearance
2.62 m (8 ft 7 in.)
(1.12 yd3)
Angle
45°
yd3)
Angle
45°
P—Front Wheel to Loader Dig
Position
Backhoe
Q—Wheelbase
Backhoe
R—Maximum Height to Loader
Bucket Hinge Pin
S—Dump Clearance, Loader Bucket
at 45°
T—Maximum Loader Bucket Dump
Angle
115-5
CED,OUO1040,162
–19–10JUN98–4/6
120699
PN=313
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
Angle
45°
(1.12 yd3)
Distance
767 mm (30.2 in.)
yd3)
Distance
765 mm (30.1 in.)
Distance
818 mm (32.2 in.)
(1.12 yd3)
Angle
40°
yd3)
Angle
40°
Angle
40°
(1.12 yd3)
Depth
163 mm (6.4 in.)
yd3)
Depth
206 mm (8.1 in.)
Depth
185 mm (7.3 in.)
Force
53.3 kN (11,990 lb)
Retracted
Force
54.1 kN (12,158 lb)
Extended
Force
54.1 kN (12,158 lb)
U—Reach at Full Height, Loader
Bucket at 45°
V—Loader Bucket Rollback at
Ground Level
W—Dig Below Ground—Loader
Bucket Level
Digging Force, Bucket Cylinder
115-6
CED,OUO1040,162
–19–10JUN98–5/6
120699
PN=314
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
Force
36.0 kN (8090 lb)
Retracted
Force
34.7 kN (7796 lb)
Extended
Force
25.0 kN (5628 lb)
Rotation
180°
Retracted
Rotation
180°
Extended
Rotation
180°
Rotation
190°
Retracted
Rotation
190°
Extended
Rotation
190°
Angle
18°
Retracted
Angle
18°
Extended
Angle
18°
Digging Force, Crowd Cylinder
Swing Arc
Bucket Rotation
Stabilizer Angle Rearward
CED,OUO1040,162
115-7
–19–10JUN98–6/6
120699
PN=315
Specifications
NOTE: Specifications and design subject to change
without notice. Wherever applicable,
Item
specifications are in accordance with
Standards.
Measurement
Specification
Rated Power @ 2200 rpm
Power
SAE gross 66 kW (88 hp)
Rated Power @ 2200 rpm
Power
SAE net 60 kW (80 hp)
Cylinders
Quantity
4
Displacement
Volume
4.52 L (276 in.3)
Engine Torque Rise
Torque
42%
Maximum Engine Net Torque
Torque
368 N•m (271 lb-ft)
Electrical System
Voltage
12-volt
Alternator
Amperage
65 amps
Alternator with Cab
Amperage
95 amps
Measurement
Specification
Gear 1
Speed
5.8 km/h (3.6 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
9.5 km/h (5.9 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
23.2 km/h (14.4 mph)
Gear 4
Speed
39.3 km/h (24.4 mph)
Engine—John Deere 4045T
Item
310SE Forward Travel Speeds1 with
Manual Transmission
1
With standard 19.5L-24 rear tires.
115-8
TX,115,BG321
–19–10JUN98–1/5
120699
PN=316
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
Gear 1
Speed
6.4 km/h (4.0 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
10.6 km/h (6.6 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
25.9 km/h (16.1 mph)
Gear 4
Speed
43.8 km/h (27.2 mph)
Gear 1
Speed
5.8 km/h (3.6 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
9.5 km/h (5.9 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
23.2 km/h (14.4 mph)
Gear 4
Speed
39.3 km/h (24.4 mph)
Gear 1
Speed
6.4 km/h (4.0 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
10.6 km/h (6.6 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
25.9 km/h (16.1 mph)
Gear 4
Speed
43.8 km/h (27.2 mph)
Gear 1
Speed
6.1 km/h (3.8 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
10.1 km/h (6.3 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
24.6 km/h (15.3 mph)
310SE Reverse Travel Speeds1 with
Manual Transmission
Manual Transmission
1
115-9
TX,115,BG321
–19–10JUN98–2/5
120699
PN=317
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
Speed
41.5 km/h (25.8 mph)
Gear 1
Speed
6.8 km/h (4.2 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
11.3 km/h (7.0 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
27.4 km/h (17.1 mph)
Gear 4
Speed
46.3 km/h (28.8 mph)
Gear 1
Speed
6.1 km/h (3.8 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
10.1 km/h (6.3 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
24.6 km/h (15.3 mph)
Gear 4
Speed
41.5 km/h (25.8 mph)
Gear 1
Speed
6.8 km/h (4.2 mph)
Gear 2
Speed
11.3 km/h (7.0 mph)
Gear 3
Speed
27.4 km/h (17.1 mph)
Gear 4
Speed
46.3 km/h (28.8 mph)
Gear 4
Manual Transmission
1
115-10
TX,115,BG321
–19–10JUN98–3/5
120699
PN=318
Specifications
NOTE: With powershift transmission, third and fourth
gear speeds are the same in reverse.
Item
Measurement
Specification
Non-Powered Axle Curb Turning
Radius—Brakes Applied
Radius
3.57 m (11 ft 9 in.)
Non-Powered Axle Curb Turning
Radius—Without Brakes
Radius
4.04 m (13 ft 3 in.)
Non-Powered Axle Bucket
Clearance Circle—Brakes Applied
Radius
9.07 m (29 ft 9 in.)
Non-Powered Axle Bucket
Clearance Circle—Without Brakes
Radius
10.74 m (35 ft 3 in.)
Steering: Hydrostatic Power
Non-Powered Axle Steering Wheel Quantity
Turns—Stop to Stop
2.3—3.0 turns
Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb
Turning Radius—Brakes Applied
Radius
3.34 m (10 ft 11 in.)
Powered Axle (MFWD) Curb
Turning Radius—Without Brakes
Radius
4.17 m (13 ft 8 in.)
Powered Axle Bucket Clearance
Circle—Brakes Applied
Radius
9.07 m (29 ft 9 in.)
Powered Axle Bucket Clearance
Circle—Without Brakes
Radius
10.74 m (35 ft 3 in.)
Powered Axle Steering Wheel
Turns—Stop to Stop
Quantity
2.5 turns
Measurement
Specification
Pressure
25 000 kPa (3625 psi)
Item
Hydraulic System: Open Center
Pressure Relief Setting—Backhoe
115-11
TX,115,BG321
–19–10JUN98–4/5
120699
PN=319
Specifications
Item
Measurement
Specification
Pressure Relief Setting—Loader
Pressure
19 000 kPa (2750 psi)
Flow @ 2200 rpm, Backhoe
Flow Rate
136 L/min. (36 gpm)
Flow @ 2200 rpm, Loader
Flow Rate
106 L/min. (28 gpm)
TX,115,BG321
115-12
–19–10JUN98–5/5
120699
PN=320
Specifications
OTHER INFORMATION—310SE AND 315SE
BACKHOE LOADER
Hydraulic system:
• Gear-type pump, tandem with unloader
• 10 micron replaceable element return oil filter
Final drives:
• Heavy-duty inboard mounted planetary
• Evenly distributes axle shock loads over three oil
cooled gears
Brakes:
•
•
•
•
Hydraulic wet disk
Mounted inboard
Self-adjusting
Self-equalizing
Park brake:
•
•
•
•
Independent system
Spring applied
Hydraulically released
Controlled by an electric switch on the side console
Operator control:
• Backhoe w/o Ext. Dipperstick—two levers
• Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Retracted—right foot
treadle
• Backhoe w/Ext. Dipperstick Extended—right food
treadle
Transmission:
• 4-speed helical gear
• Synchronized collar shift transmission with hydraulic
reverser
• Torque converter 280 mm (11 in.) with 2.63:1 stall
ratio
Lubrication:
• Pressure system with spin-on filter
115-13
CED,OUO1032,1006 –19–09JUN98–1/2
120699
PN=321
Specifications
• Air cleaner
• Dual stage dry, with element and precleaner
Tires:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Front w/o MFWD—11L-15, 8 PR F3
Front w/o MFWD—11L-16, 12PR F3
Front with MFWD—12.5/80, 10PR
Rear w/o MFWD—16.9-24, 8PR R4
Rear w/o MFWD—19.5L-24, 8PR R4
Rear with MFWD—19.5L-24, 8PR R4
CED,OUO1032,1006 –19–09JUN98–2/2
WEIGHT
Item
Measurement
Specification
SAE Operating Weight with ROPS
Weight
6123 kg (13,500 lb)
Cab Added
Weight
263 kg (580 lb)
MFWD with Tires Added
Weight
220 kg (485 lb)
Extendible Dipperstick
Weight
222 kg (490 lb)
Optional Front Counterweight
Weight
181 kg (400 lb)
Optional Front Counterweight
Weight
295 kg (650 lb)
Transporting
TX,110,BD2420 –19–06DEC96–1/1
115-14
120699
PN=322
Specifications
BUCKETS
Width
Heaped Capacity
Weight
Loader:
mm
(In.)
m3
(Cu Yd)
kg
Heavy duty long lip
2180
(86)
0.86
(1.12)
426
(940)
2340
(92)
1.00
(1.30)
476
(1050)
2180
(86)
0.76
(1.00)
725
(1600)
2340
(92)
0.96
(1.25)
762
(1680)
Multipurpose
Width
Heaped Capacity
3
lb
Weight
Backhoe:
mm
(In.)
m
(Cu Ft)
kg
(lb)
Standard duty
610
(24)
0.21
(7.5)
159
(350)
Heavy duty with lift loops
305
(12)
0.09
(3.3)
117
(258)
457
(18)
0.14
(5.1)
151
(334)
610
(24)
0.21
(7.5)
180
(396)
610
(24)
0.25
(8.8)
216
(476)
762
(30)
0.28
(10.0)
202
(444)
Severe duty
Ditch cleaning
914
(36)
0.35
(12.5)
231
(510)
457
(18)
0.14
(5.1)
164
(362)
610
(24)
0.21
(7.5)
192
(424)
610
(24)
0.25
(8.8)
206
(455)
762
(30)
0.28
(10.0)
215
(475)
914
(36)
0.35
(12.5)
231
(510)
TX,110,BD2212
115-15
–19–08OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=323
Specifications
DRAIN AND REFILL CAPACITIES
Item
Measurement
Specification
Engine Coolant
Capacity
16 L (17 qt)
Engine Oil (including filter)
Capacity
8.5 L (9.0 qt)
Torque Converter and Transmission
System
Capacity
15 L (16 qt)
Rear Axle (S.N. —851673)
Capacity
13 L (14 qt)
Rear Axle (S.N. 851674—)
Capacity
16 L (17 qt)
MFWD Front Axle Housing
Capacity
6.5 L (7 qt)
MFWD Front Wheel Planetary
Housing (each)
Capacity
1 L (1.1 qt)
Fuel Tank
Capacity
136 L (36 gal)
Hydraulic System Reservoir
Capacity
37 L (39 qt)
TX,110,BG271 –19–01DEC99–1/1
115-16
120699
PN=324
Specifications
LIFTING CAPACITIES—STANDARD
DIPPERSTICK
Lifting capacity ratings are made with bucket hinge pin,
loader bucket and stabilizers on firm, level ground. Lift
capacities are hydraulically limited. Lifting capacities are
87 percent of the maximum lift over any point on the
swing arc and do not exceed 75 percent of the tipping
load. Angle between boom and ground is 65 degrees.
Machine is equipped with 610 mm (24 in.) standard
bucket, standard or extendible dipperstick, and standard
equipment.
T103504 –19–10SEP96
NOTE: Loader bucket on ground significantly improves
side stability, therefore improving lift capacity to
the side. Lift capacity over the rear is not affected.
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Standard Dipperstick
Based on SAE J31 (Except with Loader Bucket on Ground)
TX,110,BD2214
115-17
–19–08OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=325
Specifications
T103505 –19–10SEP96
LIFTING CAPACITIES—EXTENDIBLE
DIPPERSTICK (RETRACTED)
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted
TX,110,BD2215
115-18
–19–08OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=326
Specifications
T103506 –19–10SEP96
LIFTING CAPACITIES—EXTENDIBLE
DIPPERSTICK (EXTENDED)
Lift Capacity, Backhoe with Extendible Dipperstick, Retracted
TX,110,BD2216
115-19
–19–08OCT96–1/1
120699
PN=327
Machine Numbers
RECORD PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER (PIN)
Machine Serial Number (A)
NOTE: Record all 13 characters of Product Identification
Number.
T103542 –UN–04SEP96
Purchase Date
TX,120,RR4088 –19–09DEC93–1/1
RECORD ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER
T103543 –UN–04SEP96
Engine Serial Number (A)
05T,120,J3 –19–15MAR94–1/1
RECORD (MFWD) FRONT AXLE HOUSING
SERIAL NUMBER
T103544 –UN–04SEP96
Axle Housing Serial Number (A)
TX,120,RR4373 –19–08JUN94–1/1
120-1
120699
PN=328
Index
Page
3
3-Way test kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8
A
ASI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Access doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-6
Accumulator
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-21
Acid burns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-2, 90-13
Adjustment, backhoe linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Adjustment
Boom lock-310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-5
Engine speed control lever tension . . . . . . . . 90-26
Engine speed control linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4
Engine valve clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1
Loader bucket self-leveling linkage . . . . . . . . 35-14
Reverse warning alarm volume . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Toe-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27
After Sales Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Air cleaner elements
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13
Air filter restriction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Air filters
Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Air intake hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Alarm
Reverse warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18
Stop engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Alternator
Precaution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9
Voltage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Auxiliary Flow Control Valve
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6
Axle oil, rear
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5
B
Backdragging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-29
Backfilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-30
Backhoe controls
315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Three lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13, 35-9
Two lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11, 35-7, 35-8
Backhoe linkage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-2
Page
Backhoe
Bucket teeth installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29
Cycle times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4
Moving with. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-24
Safety features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 05-1
Ballast
Front tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-20
Battery
Acid burns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-2, 90-13
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-14
Electrolyte level check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-2
Explosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75-2, 90-13
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-15
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-11
Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-2
Bearings, front wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2
Belt inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Benching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-33
Bleeding
Service brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25
Boom lock control
310SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Boom-to-dipper pin
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2
Boom
Lock
310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Brake inspection, service
External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Brake service, bleed procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25
Brakes
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25
Break-in
10 hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-1
50 to 100 hours. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Breather, hydraulic reservoir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2
Bucket couplers
Universal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-36
Bucket
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16
Installing teeth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29
Bulb replacement
Halogen bulb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-17
C
Cab air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Index-1
120699
PN=1
Index
Page
Page
Cab
Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Cap screw torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1
Cold weather
Machine warming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Control
Boom lock, 310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Boom lock, 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
Controls
Backhoe, 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Backhoe, three lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-13, 35-9
Backhoe, two lever . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11, 35-7, 35-8
Front loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Coolant freeze protection level
Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Coolant
Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4
Diesel engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-6
Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Cooling system
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Draining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-7
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Coolscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8
Counterweights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19
Cycle times, backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-24
Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Dozing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28
Drain engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-5
Driving on a slope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22
Driving on public roads
310SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-1
315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-2
Driving the machine
with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-5
with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-7
Dust unloader vlave
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
D
Damper. replace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Diesel engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Diesel fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Differential
Lock pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17
Digging
Backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-25
Loader bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-27
Dipperstick
Grease specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Do not operate tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
E
Electrolyte
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13
Element, primary
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Elements, air cleaner
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-13
Engine damper, replace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Engine oil
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-5
Engine
Air filter indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Boost starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-8
Coolant heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Coolant temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Crankcase vent tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10
Diagnose malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-2
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6
Oil check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6
Oil pressure indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Speed check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-3
Speed control lever tension, adjust . . . . . . . . 90-26
Speed control linkage, adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-4
Starting
with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2
with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Stopping
with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12
with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . 25-13
Valve lash (clearance), adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1
Extendible dipperstick side rails
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Extendible dipperstick
Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6
Index-2
120699
PN=2
Index
Page
Locking pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-12
F
Feet, sideshift stabilizer 315SE
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
Filter
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6
Fuel, change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9
Hydraulic oil system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Filters, air
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Frame, side shift 315SE
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7
Front axle and steering cylinder pivots . . . . . . . . 60-6
Fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Fuel tank
Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-1
Fuel
Diesel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-1
Filter drain sediment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9
Filter, change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-3
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-4
Fuse
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-16
G
Gauges, troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16
Gauges
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Grease
Front axle and steering cyl pivots . . . . . . . . . . 60-6
Front wheel bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9
Loader pivots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-2
MFWD driveshaft universal joints . . . . . .55-9, 65-1
MFWD front axle universal joints. . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Specification, dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Page
H
Heater controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Hoses
Air intake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Hour meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-27, 50-2
Hydraulic oil temperature
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Hydraulic reservoir fill screen
Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Hydraulic
Oil filter indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-1
Oil specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Reservoir oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10
Reservoir oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4
Reservoir, breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2
System troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20
I
Inch torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35
Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Indicator
Air filter restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Alternator voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Engine coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Hydraulic oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Hydraulic oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . . . 10-6
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Rotary beacon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
STOP-engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Self-leveling linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14
Transmission oil temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16
Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Injection pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Injection
Nozzle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Inspection, pre-start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Instrument panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Instrument
Check after starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-9
Check before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-1
Index-3
120699
PN=3
Index
Page
L
Leveling machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23
Lever
Loader control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Speed control tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-26
Stabilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-3
Levers
Stabilizer control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Lifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-35
Lights, indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Loader boom service lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-5, 55-4
Loader bucket
Self-leveling linkage indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14
Loader controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Loader
Bucket changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-16
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Lock
Boom
310SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-4
Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-6
Loader boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-5
Swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5
Locking pin
Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Lubricant
Alternative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Mixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Synthetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Lubricate
Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-4
Extendible dipperstick side rails . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Extendible dipperstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-8
Front wheel bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-9
MFWD front axle universal joints. . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Side shift frame 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7
Stabilizer leg wear strips 315SE . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7
Stabilizers and cylinders 310SE . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
M
MFWD
Axle housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front axle housing oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease axle universal joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grease driveshaft universal joints . . . . . .55-9,
75-1
85-1
60-3
65-1
Page
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18
Planetary housing oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7
Wheel planetary housing oil change . . . . . . . 85-12
Machine
Cold weather warming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Maintenance position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-3, 50-4
Warming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Maintenance record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1
Maintenance
Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-3, 50-4
Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-7
Manual
Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Mechanical front wheel drive
Front axle housing oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Front axle housing oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Planetary housing oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-18
Metric torque values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-32
Mixing lubricants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-10
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
N
Neutral
Start system check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
O
O-ring boss fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-37
Oil change
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-6
MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-12
Reverser and torque converter . . . . . . .85-8, 85-11
Oil lines and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
Oil, rear axle
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-5
Oil
Change, MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . 85-1
Change, hydraulic reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10
Level, MFWD front axle housing . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Level, MFWD planetary housing . . . . . . . . . . . 75-7
Level, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-1
Level, hydraulic reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4
Level, rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-1
Index-4
120699
PN=4
Index
Page
Page
Level, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-5
Lines and fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-36
Specification, MFWD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Specification, hydraulic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Specification, reverser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Specification, transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Oilscan Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-8
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-21
Operating
Backhoe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-1
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17
Extendible dipperstick with attachments . . . . 35-27
Front loader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-13
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . . 35-18
on a slope. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-22
Operational checkout procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1
Operational checks
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-19
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-6
Cab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-20
Clutch disconnect solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-10
Gauge and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-1
Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-15
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-4
MFWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-13
Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-25
Steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-9
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95-2
Operational controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Operators manual holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
P
Park brake
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-23
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Parking
with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-11
with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-12
Pedal
Differential lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-17
Periodic maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-1
Plowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-28
Pre-start
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-1
Primary element
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-3
Pump
Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
R
ROPS attachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-19
ROPS, torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Radiator
Add rust inhibitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-4
Coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-1
Inspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-4
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Regulator precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-9
Reservoir
Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2
Hydraulic oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10
Oil level check, hydraulic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-4
Return-to-dig switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14
Reverse warning alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-18
Reverser
Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85-8, 85-11
Ride control switch and indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Ride control
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-3
Rotary
Beacon indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
S
STOP-engine indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Screen, hydraulic reservoir fill
Inspect and clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-6
Seat belt
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Seat controls
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Serial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120-1
Service Brake
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-1
Service brake bleed procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-25
Service interval checklist . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1
Service record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50-9, CLIS-1
Shifting backhoe with bucket
315SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-11
Sideshift stabilizer feet 315SE
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-31
Specification
Battery electrolyte . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-13
Index-5
120699
PN=5
Index
Page
Page
Dipperstick grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Grease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-8
Hardware torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
MFWD oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Reverser oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-7
Transmission oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-6
Specifications chapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115-1
Spoil piles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-23
Stabilizer control levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10, 35-3
Stabilizer feet
310SE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-19
Stabilizer leg wear strips 315SE
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-7
Stabilizers and cylinders 310SE
Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60-3
Starting fluid, cold weather start . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-6
Starting the engine
with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-2
with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-4
Stopping the engine
with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-12
with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-13
Storage procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105-2
Storage
Diesel fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-3
Storing lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Swing lock pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-5
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Dome light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Front windshield washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Front windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Mechanical front wheel drive (MFWD). . . . . . 35-18
Park brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Rear windshield wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Return-to-dig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-14
Ride control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Work and drive lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Synthetic lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45-9
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Toe-in, check and adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-27
Torque converter oil change . . . . . . . . . . .85-8, 85-11
Torque value
Flat face O-ring seal fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-38
Inch SAE four bolt flange fitting. . . . . . . . . . . 90-39
Metric cap screw. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-34
Metric four bolt flange fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-33
O-ring boss fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-37
Wheel cap screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Torque values
Inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-35
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-32
Torque
Boom-to-dipper pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80-2
ROPS bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-3
Transmission oil temperature indicator . . . . . . . . 10-5
Transmission
Filter change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-6
Oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75-5
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-1
Travel speed
310SE with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . 30-9
310SE with powershift transmission . . . . . . . . 30-9
315SE with manual transmission . . . . . . . . . 30-10
315SE with powershift transmission . . . . . . . 30-10
Trenching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-26
Troubleshooting
Gauges and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-16
Hydraulic system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-20
Truck loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-32
Turn signal
Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
U
Using a sight gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-26
V
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Teeth, backhoe bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-29
Tire
Pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-2
Valve lash adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86-1
Valve, control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-30
Valve, dust unloader
Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-2
Vent tube, engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-10
Vibration damper, replace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-8
Index-6
120699
PN=6
Index
Page
W
Warming machine
Cold weather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-11
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-10
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90-20
Wheel bearings, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-2
Wheel fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-3
Window
Rear, middle, storing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
Windshield wipers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Index-7
120699
PN=7
Index
Index-8
120699
PN=8
Checklists
KEEPING SYSTEM
BREAK-IN SERVICE INTERVALS
Break-in service is required for your machine at intervals shown in chapter 15. Refer to chapter 15 during the first 100 hours of machine
operation. After 100 hours refer to service intervals in chapter 50.
SERVICE INTERVALS AFTER BREAK-IN
Service your machine at intervals shown on this chart. Also, perform service on items at multiples of the original requirement. For example, at
500 hours also service those items (if applicable) listed under 250 hours, 100 hours, 50 hours, and 10 hours or daily.
As Required
• Check belt tension
• Grease side shift frame—315SE
• Drain water from fuel tank sump
• Grease stabilizer leg wear strips—315SE
• Check tire pressure
• Grease extendible dipperstick
• Check and adjust boom lock
• Grease non-powered front wheel bearings
• Clean cab fresh air and re-circulation filters
• Grease MFWD driveshaft spline
Every 10 Hours or Daily
• Check engine oil level
• Grease backhoe bucket linkage pivots and cylinder rod ends
• Grease loader pivot points
• Grease front axle and steering cylinder pivots
• Grease MFWD driveshaft U-joints (S.N. —881150)
• Grease MFWD front axle U-joints
• Grease stabilizers and pivots
Weekly
• Check coolant level
TX,50,BD2136 –19–15OCT96–1/1
CLIS-1
120699
PN=331
Checklists
KEEPING SYSTEM
Model: ❒ 310SE
PIN/Serial Number:
Model: ❒ 315SE
Customer:
Delivery Date:
Hour Meter Reading:
OIL SAMPLING
Oil samples should be taken from each system prior to its recommended drain or change interval indicated on this form: 250, 500, 1000
hours. Maintenance recommendations supplied by OILSCAN PLUS will be provided based upon the oil analysis and operating information
you supply. Regular oil sampling will extend the operational life of your machine’s systems.
❒ Check MFWD front axle housing oil level
❒ Check rear axle oil level
❒ Check battery electrolyte level and terminals
❒ Check hydraulic reservoir oil level
Comments:
Every 250 Hours
❒ Check transmission oil level
❒ Change engine oil and replace filter
❒ Check MFWD front wheel planetary housing oil level
Date:
❒ Check air intake hoses
❒ Replace hydraulic system oil filter
❒ Check boom-to-dipper pin bolt
Every 500 Hours
❒ Replace hydraulic reservoir breather
❒ Replace fuel filter
❒ Check coolant and add conditioner as needed
Comments:
Date:
❒
❒
❒
❒
❒
Change MFWD front axle housing oil
Clean, pack, and adjust front wheel bearings
Check and adjust engine speed control linkage
Change rear axle oil
Replace transmission oil filter
Every 1000 Hours
❒ Change hydraulic reservoir oil
❒ Clean engine crankcase vent tube
❒ Change transmission and torque converter oil
❒ Change MFWD planetary housing oil
❒ Replace filter elements
Comments:
Date:
Hour Meter Reading:
Every 2000 Hours
❒ Adjust engine valve lash
Comments:
Date:
Hour Meter Reading:
CED,OUO1040,53 –19–11MAY98–1/1
CLIS-2
120699
PN=332
Checklists
REQUIRED PARTS
Insure machine performance and availability; use only genuine John Deere parts. Verify part numbers are current and that any associated
parts are also on hand, i.e., filter O-rings.
Description
Part Number
ASI
1
250
Hours
500
Hours
1000
Hours
2000 Hours
1
Engine Oil Filter
RE59754
1
1
1
Fuel Filter
RE62418
1
1
1
Hydraulic Reservoir
Breather Filter
AT101565
1
1
1
Hydraulic Oil Filter
AT144879
1
PLUS-50 Oil:
TY6389
8.5 L (9 qt)
Transmission Filter
AT179323
1
8.5 L (9 qt)
1
1
1
8.5 L (9 qt)
8.5 L (9 qt)
8.5 L (9 qt)
1
1
HY-GARD Transmission
and Hydraulic Oil:
Transmission
TY6354 gal.
14 L (16 qt)
14 L (16 qt)
Hydraulic System
TY6354 gal.
37 L (39 qt)
37 L (39 qt)
MFWD
TY6354 gal.
6.5 L (8.0 qt)
6.5 L (8.0
qt)
Rear Axle (S.N. —
854673)
13 L (14 qt)
13 L (14 qt)
Rear Axle (S.N.
851674—)
16 L (17 qt)
16 L (17 qt)
Coolant Conditioner
TY16004
As Needed
As Needed
As Needed
As Needed
Diesel Engine Oil
AT178840
1
1
1
1
Transmission Oil
and Gearbox/Axle
AT178844
2
2
2
Hydraulic Oil Tank
AT178844
1
1
1
1
1
1
Oilscan Plus Kits:
Cab Fresh Air Filter
AT141209
As Needed
Cab Recirculation Filter
T158848
As Needed
3-Way Heavy Duty Coolant
Test Kit
TY16175
0
Air Filter (Primary)
AT171853
1
1
Air Filter (Secondary)
AT171854
1
1
CoolScan Plus Kit (Ten
samples per kit)
AT183016
1
1
Dieselscan
Diesel Fuel Analysis (Six
samples per kit)
AT180344
1
1

1
PLUS-50 is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CoolScan Plus is a registered trademark of Deere & Company
CED,OUO1040,44 –19–06MAY98–1/1
CLIS-3
120699
PN=333
John Deere Service Literature
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Technical information is available from John Deere. Some
of this information is available in electronic as well as
printed form. Order from your John Deere dealer or call
1-800-522-7448. Please have available the model
number, serial number, and name of the product.
Available information includes:
TS1663
–UN–10OCT97
TS191 –UN–02DEC88
• PARTS CATALOGS list service parts available for your
machine with exploded view illustrations to help you
identify the correct parts. It is also useful in assembling
and disassembling.
• OPERATOR’S MANUALS providing safety, operating,
maintenance, and service information. These manuals
and safety signs on your machine may also be available
in other languages.
• OPERATOR’S VIDEO TAPES showing highlights of
safety, operating, maintenance, and service information.
These tapes may be available in multiple languages
and formats.
• TECHNICAL MANUALS outlining service information for
your machine. Included are specifications, illustrated
assembly and disassembly procedures, hydraulic oil
flow diagrams, and wiring diagrams. Some products
have separate manuals for repair and diagnostic
information. Some components, such as engines, are
available in separate component technical manuals
• FUNDAMENTAL MANUALS detailing basic information
regardless of manufacturer:
• Agricultural Primer series covers technology in
farming and ranching, featuring subjects like
computers, the Internet, and precision farming.
• Farm Business Management series examines
“real-world” problems and offers practical solutions in
the areas of marketing, financing, equipment
selection, and compliance.
• Fundamentals of Services manuals show you how to
repair and maintain off-road equipment.
• Fundamentals of Machine Operation manuals explain
machine capacities and adjustments, how to improve
machine performance, and how to eliminate
unnecessary field operations.
DX,SERVLIT
SLIT-1
–19–11NOV97–1/1
120699
PN=334
John Deere Service Keeps You On the Job
TS1664
–UN–11JUN98
AT YOUR SERVICE WHEN YOU NEED IT
1—Division 1 - Seattle
4—Division 4 - Moline
8—Division 8 - Atlanta
John Deere Construction Equipment Co.
33801 1st Way S #281
Federal Way, WA 98003
Tel: (253) 942-3160
Fax: (253) 942-3179
1515 5th Ave.
Moline, IL 61265
Tel: (309) 765-0275
Fax: (309) 748-0117
1201 Roberts Blvd., Suite 230
Kennesaw, GA 30144
Tel: (770) 423-2400
Fax: (770) 423-2411
2—Division 2 - Denver
5—Division 5 - Grimsby
John Deere Intercontinental, Ltd.
12250 East Iliff Ave, Suite 322
Aurora, CO 80014-6318
Tel: (303) 481-4100
Fax: (303) 481-4101
295 Hunter Road
Grimsby, Ontario, L3M4S9
Tel: (905) 945-9281
Fax: (905) 945-1267
Overseas
1515 5th Ave. Moline, Il 61265
Tel: (309) 765-3316
Fax: (309) 765-3279
3—Division 3 - Dallas
6—Division 6 - Baltimore
3700 Forums Drive, Suite 101
Flower Mound, TX 75028-1860
Tel: (972) 874-2900
Fax: (972) 874-2920
72 Loveton Circle, Suite 101
Sparks, MD 21152-9270
Tel: (410) 785-0400
Fax: (410) 785-4145
CUSTOMER SATISFACTION is important to John
Deere. We take pride in providing superior service.
We’ll be around when you need us:
• We maintain a large and varied parts inventory to
help minimize downtime.
• Precision tools and testing equipment enable
technicians to locate and correct troubles.
• We hold regular training schools for service
technicians so they know your equipment and how
to maintain it.
DX,IBC,4
IBC-1
–19–11JUN98–1/1
120699
PN=335

310SE Backhoe Loader and 315SE Sideshift Backhoe

Transcription

Similar documents

Window Sticker

to view additional information on Horseman`s Edge® and this

www.bardenhomes.com

HomeSUITEHome - International Builders` Show

MB-LS170 - mb crusher

- Case Construction

TL150 Rubber Track Loader

Stiletto and LaZer BCD Custom Color Order Form

MB-LS170 - MB Crusher

Compact Track Loader